159194 2014-02-07T15:55:13-05:00 266156 false HRM 7 2015-08-21T04:41:06-04:00 1 1 2014-02-12T15:12:49-05:00 6 8 Let us take an overview of the entire HRM module. In HRM, you can do the following: Activity Description Overseas Recruiting Through Overseas Recruiting you can add recruitment leads for overseas candidates. Applicant Tracking In Applicant Tracking you can create new applicants or applicants can be created through website integration.  As applicants apply to your website, you can have them create user accounts where they will be able to view the jobs they have applied to in the past as well as update their profile date. From the Applicant Tracking screen you can add the applicants into CRM to create candidate records, or you can forward the applicants to Hiring Mangement to create employee records for light industrial management. Hiring Management Hiring Management allows you to create new candidates for hiring. You can forward your candidates to an HR administrator for review and also hire candidates to complete the placement process.  You can also view the work journal of the hired candidates from Hiring management screen. Hiring Review In Hiring Review, you can review the candidate’s details, and forward your candidates for hiring. You can also reject candidates after review. Rejected candidates’ profiles can be made available from history link provided in hiring review screen, for hiring in future or delete them permanently from your database. You can also view the work journal of the hired candidates from Hiring Review screen. Employee Management Once the candidates are hired, they become employees in Employee Management.  The Employee Management area allows users to view the HR Data details of each employee and update the HR information as needed.  Additionally, employee management shows which employees are active and available to work and which ones are currently on assignment or have been terminated. Employee Review From Employee Review screen the HR administrator can review the employees, who are pending for review. The reviewing is done based on the review period set up. The HR administrator can change the employees’ review period, and can approve or reject the employees’ updated records. Benefits The Benefits screen in HRM allows you to view the list of benefits, as determined by the HR administrator to the employees in the organization. Both the earnings and contributions are visible in this screen. The HR administrator can also add or delete earning or contribution from the Benefits screen. Departments All the employees’ department details are available in Departments screen in HRM. You can add, rename or remove departments, depending upon whether edit permission is given to you by HR administrator. The HR administrator can edit permissions for employees department wise. The employees can be also moved from one department to other department if required. You can also export department details to others. Locations The details of all the locations of operation of the staffing agency are available in the Locations screen under HRM. You can add, edit or delete locations from Locations screen. All the employees’ details, who are working in each location, can be also viewed from locations screen. <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: medium;">Let us take an overview of the entire HRM module. In HRM, you can do the following:</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" style="font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody class="current"> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><b>Activity</b></td> <td width="343.1pt"><b>Description</b></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;" class="current">Overseas Recruiting</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Through Overseas Recruiting you can add recruitment leads for overseas candidates.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Applicant Tracking</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">In Applicant Tracking you can create new applicants or applicants can be created through website integration.  As applicants apply to your website, you can have them create user accounts where they will be able to view the jobs they have applied to in the past as well as update their profile date. From the Applicant Tracking screen you can add the applicants into CRM to create candidate records, or you can forward the applicants to Hiring Mangement to create employee records for light industrial management.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Hiring Management</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Hiring Management allows you to create new candidates for hiring. You can forward your candidates to an HR administrator for review and also hire candidates to complete the placement process.  You can also view the work journal of the hired candidates from Hiring management screen.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Hiring Review</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">In Hiring Review, you can review the candidate’s details, and forward your candidates for hiring. You can also reject candidates after review. Rejected candidates’ profiles can be made available from history link provided in hiring review screen, for hiring in future or delete them permanently from your database. You can also view the work journal of the hired candidates from Hiring Review screen.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Employee Management</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Once the candidates are hired, they become employees in Employee Management.  The Employee Management area allows users to view the HR Data details of each employee and update the HR information as needed.  Additionally, employee management shows which employees are active and available to work and which ones are currently on assignment or have been terminated.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Employee Review</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">From Employee Review screen the HR administrator can review the employees, who are pending for review. The reviewing is done based on the review period set up. The HR administrator can change the employees’ review period, and can approve or reject the employees’ updated records.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Benefits</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">The Benefits screen in HRM allows you to view the list of benefits, as determined by the HR administrator to the employees in the organization. Both the earnings and contributions are visible in this screen. The HR administrator can also add or delete earning or contribution from the Benefits screen.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Departments</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">All the employees’ department details are available in Departments screen in HRM. You can add, rename or remove departments, depending upon whether edit permission is given to you by HR administrator. The HR administrator can edit permissions for employees department wise. The employees can be also moved from one department to other department if required. You can also export department details to others.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="113.6pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">Locations</span></td> <td width="343.1pt"><span style="font-size: medium;">The details of all the locations of operation of the staffing agency are available in the Locations screen under HRM. You can add, edit or delete locations from Locations screen. All the employees’ details, who are working in each location, can be also viewed from locations screen.</span></td> </tr> </tbody></table> 266156 811 190013 2015-04-23T15:32:15-04:00 1 2 6 8 HRM - Snapshot 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-02-12T15:13:25-05:00 1 3 The purpose of Akken Staffing’s HRM is to integrate all of the HR activities of an organization into one platform. The HRM module maintains all the data related to employee profiles, benefits, departments, assignments, location details and much more. HRM also keeps track of the employee’s employment history and personal data. Akken Staffing’s HRM caters to all HR activities in an organization. Recruitment leads can also be imported or exported from or to other organizations, in HRM. <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: medium;">The purpose of <b>Akken Staffing’s</b> HRM is to integrate all of the HR activities of an organization into one platform. The HRM module maintains all the data related to employee profiles, benefits, departments, assignments, location details and much more. HRM also keeps track of the employee’s employment history and personal data.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: medium;"><b>Akken Staffing’s</b> HRM caters to all HR activities in an organization. Recruitment leads can also be imported or exported from or to other organizations, in HRM.</span></p> 266156 447 190014 2015-04-23T15:32:38-04:00 2 2 1 3 HRM - Purpose 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-02-12T15:14:20-05:00 1 4 Icon Function Description Calendar Click to select the desired date Create New Click to create a new record Approved Time Sheet Click to view approved time sheet Approved Expenses Click to view approved expenses Add Row Click  to add a row in time sheet, and expenses Delete Row Click  to delete a row in time sheet, and expenses Submit Click to Submit the time sheet, and expenses Send Click to send the time sheet submission reminder to the employees of the organization Reminder Setup Click to setup the reminder dates Cancel Click to cancel the process, and return to previous page Reject Click to reject the submitted time sheet, and expenses Edit Click to edit the submitted time sheet, and expenses Delete Row Click  to delete a row in time sheet, and expenses Create New Account Click to create new account in the Accounts screen Add New Account Click to add new created account in the Accounts screen Edit Account Click to edit the accounts in the Account screen Update Account Click to update the edited account in the Edit screen Delete Click to delete a record temporarily View Archive Click to view temporarily deleted records Make Available Click to retrieve temporarily deleted records, and make it available in the active record list Customer Register Click to view the list of registered customers Generate Invoice Click to generate the created invoice Recalculate Invoice Click to recalculate the changes made in the created invoice Preview Invoice Click to preview the invoice before generating Back Click to go back to the previous page Deliver Invoice Click to deliver the invoice Update Invoice Click to update the invoice in the Deliver Invoice screen Receive Payments Register Click to view the list of received payments for the generated invoices Receive Pay Click to receive the payment from the selected customer Add a Vendor Click to add a new vendor Save Vendor Click to save the added new vendor Vendor Register Click to view the list of vendors Update Vendor Click to update the changes made in the vendor detail Close Click to close the pop-up window Recalculate Bills Click to recalculate the changes made in the created bills Save Bills Click to save the changes made in the created bills Edit Bills Click to edit the bills for the received bills Bill Payment Register Click to view the details of the paid bills of all the vendors Pay Bill Click to make the payment for the selected vendor Employee Register Click to view the list of employees and their respective pay stub amount Payroll Setup Click to make the payroll setup for all employees Save Payroll Setup Click to save the modifications in the payroll setup Run Gross Pay Click to run the gross pay that are generated Update Net Pay Click to update the net pay Add Item Click to add an item before generating the net pay Run Net Pay Click to run the net pay that are generated Save Nat Pay Click to save the modifications in the net pay Work Journal Click to view the details of the generated pay stubs of the employees Approve Pay Stub Click to approve the generated pay stub Write Checks Click to make payments to any of the selected account Add Row Click  to add a row in write checks to make payments for more than one payee Make Deposit Click to deposit the received amount to the company account Add Transaction Click  to add a new transaction Edit Transaction Click  to edit an existing transaction Update Transaction Click to update the edited transaction Delete Transaction Click  to delete a transaction Start Click to start the import/export process Import Click to import the data from quick books application <table cellspacing="0" style="font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><b>Icon</b></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Function</b></td> <td width="535"><b>Description</b></td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image009.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Calendar</b></td> <td width="535">Click to select the desired date</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image010.gif" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Create New</b></td> <td width="535">Click to create a new record</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image011.gif" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Approved Time Sheet</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view approved time sheet</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image011.gif" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Approved Expenses</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view approved expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add Row</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to add a row in time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image013.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Delete Row</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to delete a row in time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image014.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Submit</b></td> <td width="535">Click to Submit the time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image015.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Send</b></td> <td width="535">Click to send the time sheet submission reminder to the employees of the organization</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image016.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Reminder Setup</b></td> <td width="535">Click to setup the reminder dates</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image017.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Cancel</b></td> <td width="535">Click to cancel the process, and return to previous page</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image018.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Reject</b></td> <td width="535">Click to reject the submitted time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image019.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Edit</b></td> <td width="535">Click to edit the submitted time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image020.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Delete Row</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to delete a row in time sheet, and expenses</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Create New Account</b></td> <td width="535">Click to create new account in the Accounts screen</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add New Account</b></td> <td width="535">Click to add new created account in the Accounts screen</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image019.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Edit Account</b></td> <td width="535">Click to edit the accounts in the Account screen</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image021.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Update Account</b></td> <td width="535">Click to update the edited account in the Edit screen</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image020.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Delete</b></td> <td width="535">Click to delete a record temporarily</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image022.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>View Archive</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view temporarily deleted records</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image016.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Make Available</b></td> <td width="535">Click to retrieve temporarily deleted records, and make it available in the active record list</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Customer Register</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the list of registered customers</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image023.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Generate Invoice</b></td> <td width="535">Click to generate the created invoice</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image024.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Recalculate Invoice</b></td> <td width="535">Click to recalculate the changes made in the created invoice</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image025.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Preview Invoice</b></td> <td width="535">Click to preview the invoice before generating</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image026.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Back</b></td> <td width="535">Click to go back to the previous page</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image027.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Deliver Invoice</b></td> <td width="535">Click to deliver the invoice</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image021.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Update Invoice</b></td> <td width="535">Click to update the invoice in the Deliver Invoice screen</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Receive Payments Register</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the list of received payments for the generated invoices</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image028.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Receive Pay</b></td> <td width="535">Click to receive the payment from the selected customer</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add a Vendor</b></td> <td width="535">Click to add a new vendor</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image029.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Save Vendor</b></td> <td width="535">Click to save the added new vendor</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Vendor Register</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the list of vendors</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image021.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Update Vendor</b></td> <td width="535">Click to update the changes made in the vendor detail</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image020.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Close</b></td> <td width="535">Click to close the pop-up window</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image024.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Recalculate Bills</b></td> <td width="535">Click to recalculate the changes made in the created bills</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image029.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Save Bills</b></td> <td width="535">Click to save the changes made in the created bills</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image019.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Edit Bills</b></td> <td width="535">Click to edit the bills for the received bills</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image016.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Bill Payment Register</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the details of the paid bills of all the vendors</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image028.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Pay Bill</b></td> <td width="535">Click to make the payment for the selected vendor</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Employee Register</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the list of employees and their respective pay stub amount</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image028.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Payroll Setup</b></td> <td width="535">Click to make the payroll setup for all employees</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image029.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Save Payroll Setup</b></td> <td width="535">Click to save the modifications in the payroll setup</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image030.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Run Gross Pay</b></td> <td width="535">Click to run the gross pay that are generated</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image021.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Update Net Pay</b></td> <td width="535">Click to update the net pay</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add Item</b></td> <td width="535">Click to add an item before generating the net pay</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image030.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Run Net Pay</b></td> <td width="535">Click to run the net pay that are generated</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image029.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Save Nat Pay</b></td> <td width="535">Click to save the modifications in the net pay</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image031.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Work Journal</b></td> <td width="535">Click to view the details of the generated pay stubs of the employees</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image011.gif" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Approve Pay Stub</b></td> <td width="535">Click to approve the generated pay stub</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image032.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Write Checks</b></td> <td width="535">Click to make payments to any of the selected account</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add Row</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to add a row in write checks to make payments for more than one payee</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image029.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Make Deposit</b></td> <td width="535">Click to deposit the received amount to the company account</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image012.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Add Transaction</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to add a new transaction</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image019.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Edit Transaction</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to edit an existing transaction</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image021.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Update Transaction</b></td> <td width="535">Click to update the edited transaction</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image013.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Delete Transaction</b></td> <td width="535">Click  to delete a transaction</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image033.jpg" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Start</b></td> <td width="535">Click to start the import/export process</td> </tr> <tr> <td width="59.4pt"><img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/Accounting_UM/Accounting_UM_files/image034.gif" alt="" width="16px" height="16px"></td> <td width="117pt"><b>Import</b></td> <td width="535">Click to import the data from quick books application</td> </tr> </tbody></table> 266156 449 190015 2015-04-23T15:42:03-04:00 3 2 1 4 HRM - List of Icons 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-03-26T14:58:13-04:00 0 0 FORWARD AS APPLICANT You can forward the overseas recruitment lead as applicant by clicking on Forward as Applicant link. 1. Select the required Overseas Recruitment Lead and click on the ‘Forward as Applicant’ link. The system prompts you for confirmation. 2. Click ‘OK’ to forward the overseas recruitment lead as an applicant. The Overseas Recruitment screen refreshes by removing the selected recruitment lead. 3. Click on the ‘Cancel’ to close the pop up window. NOTE: YOU CAN VIEW THE DETAILS OF FORWARDED OVERSEAS RECRUITMENT LEADS IN THE APPLICANT TRACKING HOME PAGE. VIEW ARCHIVE When you delete records using ‘Archive’ link in the application, they are not removed from the application, but transferred to the view archive list. This provision is available to the Akken Staffing users because there is possibility of deleting the record by mistake, or you may need a record to be used after it is been deleted. To ease these kinds of situations, Akken Staffing provides ‘View Archive’ feature where you can retrieve or permanently remove a record from the application. Use the mouse to click on the ‘Archive’ down arrow icon on the screen. You will see the menu listing. Click on the ‘View Archive’ link to delete the records permanently from the application.Result: The screen refreshes by displaying View Archive list. You can permanently delete a record from the application. To permanently delete a record from view archive list, Select the records, you want to delete and click on ‘Delete’ link on View archive list screen.Result: The screen refreshes by deleting the records permanently from the application Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous page. To retrieve a record from view archive list, Click on the ‘View Archive’ link on the screen. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the deleted records list. Select the records, you wish to make available and click on the ‘Make Available’ link on View archive list screen. Result: The screen refreshes by making the selected records available. ARCHIVE The Archive feature assists to remove the record(s) from the existing records list. You can remove single or multiple or all records at a time. To archive a record from the existing records, 1. Select the record you want to archive and use the mouse to click on the Archive down arrow icon  on the screen. You will see the menu listing. 2. Select the ‘Archive’ link from menu listing to delete the record temporarily. Result: The screen refreshes by deleting. The deleted record(s) are moved to the View Archive list. CREATE USER You can create user accounts for the Overseas Recruiting leads from the Overseas Recruiting Home Page. To create a user account for the recruiting lead, perform the following steps: Select the recruiting lead record for whom you want to create an account and click on Create User link. The system refreshes and displays the recruiting lead record in the Admin – User Management – Consultants – New Consultants section for the creation of account. Here, click on the Create Account link available corresponding to the recruiting lead record. The system refreshes and displays the screen to specify the User Name, Password and Confirm Password. Enter the required information in the fields provided and click on Create Account link. The system refreshes by creating a user account for the recruiting lead and an email is sent to the recruiting lead with the user credentials. You can view the created user details in the Admin – User Management – Consultants home page. IMPORT RECRUITMENT LEAD DETAILS You can import recruitment details from other applications. Akken Staffing supports importing of the recruitment details that use the comma separated value (CSV) format. Before beginning make sure that the file you are going to import is in comma separated value (CSV) format. You can use the import wizard available under Overseas Recruiting home page to import the recruitment details. Start the wizard: Click on the ‘Import’ link from overseas recruiting home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed. Select the source: a. Select the file format from the drop down list in File Format field of import pop up window. The application supports importing of Comma Separated Values (CSV) files. b. Select the source application of your data to be imported in File to Import field. c. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and select the required file. d. Click on the ‘Import’ link to continue. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the mapping screen. e. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the pop up window and return to previous page. Map the fields The import wizard associates the Akken Staffing fields with field names from your import file. You need to assign each importing data field with fields available in the application. This can be done in mapping screen. a. In the mapping screen, assign each importing data field with existing data field by selecting from the drop down list. b. When the fields assign correctly, click on the ‘Continue’ link to continue. Result: The mapping screen refreshes by displaying the matching criteria form. c. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous page. Define matching criteria to import: a. Choose the fields that match with your existing recruitment records by the selected fields. The selected fields set the criteria for avoiding the duplicates. For example, if you want to match a record by nick name, and your source file has the same nick name as a record in application, then the record will be updated in the application field. b. Click on the ‘Change Mapping’ link to return to mapping screen. c. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous page. d. Click on the ‘Continue’ link to import. Result: The records are imported in the application. Result: The matching criteria screen refreshes by displaying the screen to upload resumes of the imported recruitment leads in zip format. Upload Resumes: a. Select the file format from the drop down list in File Format field. The application supports importing of resume files in zip format. b. Select the source application of your data to be imported in File to Import field. c. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and select the required file. d. Click on the ‘Import’ link to continue. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Overseas Recruitment home page. e. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the pop up window and return to previous page. EXPORT OVERSEAS RECRUITMENT DETAILS To export the recruitment lead, you have to select the recruitment lead. By default, the recruitment lead details are saved in the excel sheet.   Select the required Overseas Recruitment Lead you want to export and click on the ‘Export’ link. Result: The File Download window is displayed. Click on the ‘Save’ button to save the file in the required path. Click on the ‘Open’ button to open the file. Click on the ‘Cancel’ button to close the file download dialogue box. Akken Staffing provides appointments activity to manage your meetings. To add an appointment, click on the ‘Create Appointment’ link from the activities tab. Result: The Add Appointment pop up window is displayed. To add an appointment Specify the subject for the calendar item in the Subject text box. Select the calendar type from the Categories drop down list. To mention a new category type, click the Manage Categories link. By default, the calendar type will be Meeting. You can select multiple categories for the calendar appointments. You will find the All day event checkbox below the Subject text box. An “All day event” is an event that lasts for an entire day. All Day events are often birthdays, anniversaries, vacations, and any other event that does not require a specific time scheduled on a given day. You can create an All day event by clicking on the “All day event” link available in the calendar home page. When you are viewing your calendar, all the All day events are listed at the top of each day. The Start Date and End Date fields display the current start and end date of the calendar in the respective fields. You can edit/modify the start date and end date if required. Alternatively, you can click on calendar  icon to specify the scheduled start date and end date. The Invite box displays the members who are selected for invitation for the appointment. You can also specify the start and end time of the calendar appointment from the Start Timeand End Time drop-down lists. When the user creates a new calendar item, by default, the duration between Start Time and End Time will be 1 hour. If the user changes the start time of the appointment, then automatically the end time of the appointment will be changed. Clicking on the ‘Select from list’ link displays the pop up window to add the members for this appointment. See the Select from List topic explained at the bottom of this page, to know how to select the members. To remove employees from Invite box, press Shift or CTRL keys on keyboard, and with mouse click select the desired employees. Click on the ‘Remove from List’ link. Result: The selected employees are removed from Invite box. Enter the calendar item description in the Description textarea. The Location field specifies the location of the calendar item. You will find the edit list link beside the Location drop down list. Using the edit list link, you can edit and delete the location of the calendar item. You can also have an option to select the label for the calendar item using the Label drop down list. The calendar labels will be displayed in different colors. Each label will be assigned a color to choose. Select the ‘Remind me on eDesk’ checkbox and select from the drop down list, the amount of time before which you want the reminder to display on home page. You can select minimum time of 5 minutes to a maximum of 14 days from the drop down list. If you want to maintain your details as confidential, you can select the Private check box. You can set the level of importance for calendar items using the Priority drop down list. Calendar items that are set as priority will be shown in bold on Calendar and eDesk screens. The Show time as drop list allows the user to specify the status of the calendar item. It contains the following options: Free, Tentative, Busy and Out of Office. By default, the“Busy” option will be selected. User can upload the required files to the calendar item using the Upload File field. Multiple files can be uploaded. You will also find the Recurrence link in the Repetitive Event section of Calendar screen. You can click on the Recurrence link to set the calendar recurrence in the Calendar screen. The selected calendar recurrence settings will be displayed in the calendar screen. Click on the ‘Save’ link to save appointment. The system displays the calendar appointment in the calendar section based on the recurrence settings set by the user. At the same time, the newly created calendar appointment will be displayed in the activities section of overseas recruiting lead, eDesk->Calendar section and Collaboration->Calendar section. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close and return to the previous page. Edit an appointment details 1. On the activities tab, highlight the required appointment activity type record and double click it, to modify the details. Result: The Edit appointment pop up window is displayed.   2. Modify the appointment details. 3. Click on the ‘Update’ link to save the details. 4. To close the pop up window, click on the ‘Close’ link. Selecting from List The members are selected to add or invite for an event, appointment, task etc., The Select from List pop up window contains the following options:   Select from List Screen To select from list: 1. Select the department from the Departments drop down list. 2. Employees who belong to the selected department are displayed in the Available Employees List box. Press Shift or CTRL keys on keyboard and with mouse click select the desired employees of your choice then click on the ‘Add’ link. 3. You can click on the ‘Select All’ link to select all the employees from the Available Employees List box. 4. Click on the ‘Clear All’ link to clear the selection of all the employees in the Available Employees List box. 5. The employees selected are displayed in the Receiving Employees List box. 6. Repeat the above steps to add more employees from different departments. 7. To remove the employees, select the employee name in the Receiving Employees List box, click on the‘Remove’ link. Result: The selected employees are removed. 8. To cancel the changes in the screen, click on the ‘Reload’ link to refresh the screen. 9. Click on the ‘Done’ link to add the employees list. Result: The selected employees are added to Invite List box. 10. To close the Select from List pop up window, click on the ‘Close’ link. MANAGE TASK Manage Task feature allows you to add/edit/delete the tasks created by you.   Manage Tasks Screen To ADD A NEW TASK Click on the ‘New Task‘ link to create a new task. Result: The Tasks pop up window refreshes to capture the new task details. Enter the name of the new task in the Task textbox. Click on the ‘Save’ link to save the new task details. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous page. To modify new task: Click on the ‘Edit’ link of the corresponding task name. Modify the task details. Click on the ‘Update‘ link to save the changes. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous page. To delete new task: Click on the ‘Delete‘ link of the corresponding status. Result: The status pop up window refreshes by deleting. To close the tasks pop up window, click on the ‘Close‘ link. CREATE A TASK Akken Staffing provides tasks activity to manage your tasks with the selected recruitment lead. To add a task, click on the ‘Create Task’ link from the activities tab. Result: The Add Task window is displayed. To add a task Add task window is divided into two segments: Task Info and Details. Task Info: Select the task category from the Categories drop list. To create a new category type rather than a category from the drop down list box, click on the ‘Manage Categories’ link. Specify the subject for the task in the Subject text box. Specify the Start Date and Due Date of the task from the fields provided.  Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the start date and end date of the task. Specify the task status from the Status drop down list. The Status is a drop down list containing the following options: Not Started, In Progress, Waiting on someone else, Deferred and Completed. The fields marked in * (red star) are mandatory. You can also specify the task priority from the Priority drop down list. For instance, you can select as high/low/medium etc. By default, the priority is selected as ‘Normal’ Specify the percentage of task completed in the % completed text box. This helps to keep track of your each task. For instance, you can enter as 50% or 75% etc., Enter the task description in the Description textarea. You can specify the date till which the task can be reminded on eDesk. To do this, select the ‘Remind me on eDesk until’ check box and specify the Month, Day, Year and Time by selecting in their respective fields from the drop down list.  Based on the reminder date, the task will be reminded on eDesk until the date you specify. Selecting this is optional. The reminders for tasks will start from task start date until reminder date. For example:  If the user creates a new task with today (24 February 2009) as Start Date and Reminder Date as March 01, 2009, then the system displays the reminder in eDesk->Reminders section from today till March 01, 2009.  Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the date till which the task can be reminded on eDesk. You will find the Recurrence link in the Recurrence field. Clicking on this link allows you to set the task recurrence. Based on the recurrence set, the task will be displayed in the eDesk->Tasks section,Collaboration->Task Manager home page and in activities section of overseas recruiting lead. Once you apply the selected task recurrence settings, the system displays the selected recurrence information in the Add Task screen. Details: Task details segment is to be filled by you, only when the task is completed. Specify the date of task completion by selecting the Month, Day and Year in their respective fields drop down list, in Date Completed field. Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the task completion date. Enter the total work hours in Total Work Hours text box. Enter the actual work hours in Actual Work Hours text box. Enter the companies involved in the Companies text box. Enter the mileage in the Mileage text box. Enter the billing information in the Billing Information text box The user can now browse and upload the required files to the new task from the Upload File(s) field, if required. To upload the file, click the Browse button and select the required file and click Open. The system displays the uploaded file in the Uploaded File(s) section. The user can remove the uploaded files, if required by clicking on the Remove link available next to the Uploaded File(s) field. All the tasks added will be displayed in the eDesk on the date it has been created and not for the duration of the task. User can upload many files. Click on the ‘Save’ link to save new task details. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close and return to the previous page. Edit Tasks details 1. On the Activities tab, highlight the required task and double click on it to modify the details. Result: The edit Task pop up window is displayed.   2. Modify the task details. 3. Click on the ‘Update’ link to save the details. 4. To close the window, click on the ‘Close’ link. ADD DOCUMENT You can add the documents specific to the selected recruitment lead. To do this, click on the ‘Add Document’link from the activities tab. Result: The Add Document pop up window is displayed. To add a document 1. Enter the title of the document in the Title text box. 2. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and locate the document on your computer. 3. Enter any specific information about the documents in the Notes textarea. 4. Click on the ‘Upload’ link to upload the document file. 5. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close the window. Edit Document properties 1. On the Activities tab, highlight the required document activity type record and double click it to modify the details. Result: The Edit document pop up window is displayed. Modify the title of the document in the Title text box. The document is displayed as a link in Document File field. Click on the document name link. Result: The File Download window pops up. Click on the Open button to open the document. Click on the Save button to save the document in local drive. Click on the Cancel button to cancel and return to previous page. Check the Upload New Document check box, if you wish to replace the old document and upload a new document. Click on the Browse button and locate the new document on your computer. Enter any specific information about the new document in the Notes textarea. Click on the ‘Upload’ link to upload the new document file. Result: The old document is replaced and the new document is added. To close the window, click on the ‘Close’ link. <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;">FORWARD AS APPLICANT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can forward the overseas recruitment lead as applicant by clicking on <b>Forward as Applicant</b> link.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the required Overseas Recruitment Lead and click on the ‘<b>Forward as Applicant’</b> link. The system prompts you for confirmation.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click <b>‘OK’</b> to forward the overseas recruitment lead as an applicant. The Overseas Recruitment screen refreshes by removing the selected recruitment lead.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> to close the pop up window.</p> <h3 style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(166, 168, 172); font-weight: bold;">NOTE: YOU CAN VIEW THE DETAILS OF FORWARDED OVERSEAS RECRUITMENT LEADS IN THE <b>APPLICANT TRACKING</b> HOME PAGE.</h3> <p><br></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;"><b>VIEW ARCHIVE</b></span></p> <p><span style="font-size: large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">When you delete records using <b>‘Archive’</b> link in the application, they are not removed from the application, but transferred to the view archive list. This provision is available to the <b>Akken Staffing</b> users because there is possibility of deleting the record by mistake, or you may need a record to be used after it is been deleted. To ease these kinds of situations, <b>Akken Staffing</b> provides <b>‘View Archive’</b> feature where you can retrieve or permanently remove a record from the application.</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Use the mouse to click on the ‘<b>Archive</b>’ down arrow icon<img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/down_arrow_icon.jpg" alt="" width="15px" height="15px"> on the screen. You will see the menu listing.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>View Archive</b>’ link to delete the records permanently from the application.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by displaying View Archive list. You can permanently delete a record from the application.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To permanently delete a record from view archive list,</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Select the records, you want to delete and click on ‘<b>Delete</b>’ link on View archive list screen.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by deleting the records permanently from the application</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Cancel</b>’ link to cancel and return to previous page.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To retrieve a record from view archive list,</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Click on the ‘<b>View Archive</b>’ link on the screen. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by displaying the deleted records list.</li> <li>Select the records, you wish to make available and click on the ‘<b>Make Available</b>’ link on View archive list screen. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making the selected records available.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;">ARCHIVE</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The Archive feature assists to remove the record(s) from the existing records list. You can remove single or multiple or all records at a time. To archive a record from the existing records,</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the record you want to archive and use the mouse to click on the <b>Archive</b> down arrow icon  on the screen. You will see the menu listing.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the <b>‘Archive’</b> link from menu listing to delete the record temporarily. Result: The screen refreshes by deleting. The deleted record(s) are moved to the View Archive list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;">CREATE USER</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can create user accounts for the Overseas Recruiting leads from the Overseas Recruiting Home Page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To create a user account for the recruiting lead, perform the following steps:</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Select the recruiting lead record for whom you want to create an account and click on <b>Create User</b> link. The system refreshes and displays the recruiting lead record in the <b>Admin – User Management – Consultants – New Consultants</b> section for the creation of account.</li> <li>Here, click on the <b>Create Account</b> link available corresponding to the recruiting lead record. The system refreshes and displays the screen to specify the <b>User Name, Password </b>and<b> Confirm Password</b>. Enter the required information in the fields provided and click on <b>Create Account</b> link. The system refreshes by creating a user account for the recruiting lead and an email is sent to the recruiting lead with the user credentials.</li> <li>You can view the created user details in the <b>Admin – User Management – Consultants </b>home page.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">IMPORT RECRUITMENT LEAD DETAILS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can import recruitment details from other applications.<b> Akken Staffing</b> supports importing of the recruitment details that use the comma separated value (CSV) format.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Before beginning make sure that the file you are going to import is in comma separated value (CSV) format. You can use the import wizard available under Overseas Recruiting home page to import the recruitment details.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: small;"><br></b></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: large;">Start the wizard:</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the ‘<b>Import</b>’ link from overseas recruiting home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed.</p> <div><br></div> <div><br></div> <br> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: large;">Select the source:</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">a.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the file format from the drop down list in File Format field of import pop up window. The application supports importing of Comma Separated Values (CSV) files.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">b.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the source application of your data to be imported in File to Import field.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">c.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and select the required file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">d.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Import’ </b>link to continue. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the mapping screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">e.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Cancel’</b> link to close the pop up window and return to previous page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-mapping-screen.jpg" rel="lightbox[2799]" title="import recruitment lead - mapping screen" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="import recruitment lead - mapping screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-mapping-screen-598x340.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="340" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: small;"><br></span></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <b style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Map the fields</b><br> </h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: small;"><br></b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The import wizard associates the <b>Akken Staffing</b> fields with field names from your import file. You need to assign each importing data field with fields available in the application. This can be done in mapping screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">a.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>In the mapping screen, assign each importing data field with existing data field by selecting from the drop down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">b.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>When the fields assign correctly, click on the <b>‘Continue’</b> link to continue. Result: The mapping screen refreshes by displaying the matching criteria form.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">c.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous page.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="598" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-matching-criteria-screen1.jpg" rel="lightbox[2799]" title="import recruitment lead - matching criteria screen" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="import recruitment lead - matching criteria screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-matching-criteria-screen1-598x337.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="337" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <b style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Define matching criteria to import:</b><br> </h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: small;"><br></b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">a.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Choose the fields that match with your existing recruitment records by the selected fields. The selected fields set the criteria for avoiding the duplicates. For example, if you want to match a record by nick name, and your source file has the same nick name as a record in application, then the record will be updated in the application field.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">b.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Change Mapping’</b> link to return to mapping screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">c.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">d.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Continue’</b> link to import. Result: The records are imported in the application. Result: The matching criteria screen refreshes by displaying the screen to upload resumes of the imported recruitment leads in zip format.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="600" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-upload-resume-screen.jpg" rel="lightbox[2799]" title="import recruitment lead - upload resume screen" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="import recruitment lead - upload resume screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/import-recruitment-lead-upload-resume-screen-598x112.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="112" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Upload Resumes:</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">a.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the file format from the drop down list in File Format field. The application supports importing of resume files in zip format.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">b.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the source application of your data to be imported in File to Import field.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">c.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and select the required file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">d.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Import’ </b>link to continue. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Overseas Recruitment home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">e.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Cancel’</b> link to close the pop up window and return to previous page.</p> </div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> </div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;"><b>EXPORT OVERSEAS RECRUITMENT DETAILS</b></span></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To export the recruitment lead, you have to select the recruitment lead. By default, the recruitment lead details are saved in the excel sheet.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="626" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/export-overseas-recruitment-lead-details.jpg" rel="lightbox[2796]" title="export overseas recruitment lead details" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="export overseas recruitment lead details" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/export-overseas-recruitment-lead-details-598x273.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="273" style="cursor: default;"></a></b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Select the required Overseas Recruitment Lead you want to export and click on the ‘<b>Export</b>’ link. <i>Result</i>: The File Download window is displayed.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the ‘<b>Save</b>’ button to save the file in the required path.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the ‘<b>Open</b>’ button to open the file.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the ‘<b>Cancel</b>’ button to close the file download dialogue box.</span></li> </ol> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Akken Staffing</b> provides appointments activity to manage your meetings. To add an appointment, click on the <b>‘Create Appointment’</b> link from the activities tab. Result: The Add Appointment pop up window is displayed.</p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910982/original/Create_Appointment.PNG?1429818500" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910982" style="cursor: default;"></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">To add an appointment</b></h6> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Specify the subject for the calendar item in the Subject text box. Select the calendar type from the Categories drop down list. To mention a new category type, click the <b>Manage Categories</b> link. By default, the calendar type will be <b>Meeting</b>.</li> <li>You can select multiple categories for the calendar appointments. You will find the All day event checkbox below the <i>Subject</i> text box.</li> <li>An “All day event” is an event that lasts for an entire day. All Day events are often birthdays, anniversaries, vacations, and any other event that does not require a specific time scheduled on a given day. You can create an All day event by clicking on the <b>“All day event”</b> link available in the calendar home page. When you are viewing your calendar, all the All day events are listed at the top of each day.</li> <li>The Start Date and End Date fields display the current start and end date of the calendar in the respective fields.</li> <li>You can edit/modify the start date and end date if required. Alternatively, you can click on calendar <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Calendar.gif" alt="" width="21px" height="21px"> icon to specify the scheduled start date and end date. The Invite box displays the members who are selected for invitation for the appointment.</li> <li>You can also specify the start and end time of the calendar appointment from the <i>Start Time</i>and <i>End Time</i> drop-down lists. When the user creates a new calendar item, by default, the duration between Start Time and End Time will be 1 hour. If the user changes the start time of the appointment, then automatically the end time of the appointment will be changed.</li> <li>Clicking on the <b>‘Select from list’</b> link displays the pop up window to add the members for this appointment. See the <b>Select from List</b> topic explained at the bottom of this page, to know how to select the members.</li> <li>To remove employees from Invite box, press Shift or CTRL keys on keyboard, and with mouse click select the desired employees. Click on the <b>‘Remove from List’</b> link. Result: The selected employees are removed from Invite box.</li> <li>Enter the calendar item description in the Description textarea.</li> <li>The <i>Location</i> field specifies the location of the calendar item. You will find the <b>edit list</b> link beside the <i>Location</i> drop down list. Using the <b>edit list </b>link, you can edit and delete the location of the calendar item.</li> <li>You can also have an option to select the label for the calendar item using the <i>Label</i> drop down list. The calendar labels will be displayed in different colors. Each label will be assigned a color to choose.</li> <li>Select the ‘<b>Remind me on eDesk’</b> checkbox and select from the drop down list, the amount of time before which you want the reminder to display on home page. You can select minimum time of 5 minutes to a maximum of 14 days from the drop down list.</li> <li>If you want to maintain your details as confidential, you can select the Private check box.</li> <li>You can set the level of importance for calendar items using the Priority drop down list. Calendar items that are set as priority will be shown in bold on Calendar and eDesk screens.</li> <li>The Show time as drop list allows the user to specify the status of the calendar item. It contains the following options: Free, Tentative, Busy and Out of Office. By default, the<b>“Busy”</b> option will be selected.</li> <li>User can upload the required files to the calendar item using the <b>Upload File</b> field. Multiple files can be uploaded.</li> <li>You will also find the <b>Recurrence</b> link in the Repetitive Event section of Calendar screen.</li> <li>You can click on the <b>Recurrence</b> link to set the calendar recurrence in the Calendar screen. The selected calendar recurrence settings will be displayed in the calendar screen.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Save’</b> link to save appointment. The system displays the calendar appointment in the calendar section based on the recurrence settings set by the user. At the same time, the newly created calendar appointment will be displayed in the activities section of overseas recruiting lead, eDesk-&gt;Calendar section and Collaboration-&gt;Calendar section.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to close and return to the previous page.</li> </ol> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large;">Edit an appointment details</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>On the activities tab, highlight the required appointment activity type record and double click it, to modify the details. Result: The Edit appointment pop up window is displayed.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="641" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/edit_appointment.jpg" alt="" width="626" height="527" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Modify the appointment details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Update’</b> link to save the details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>To close the pop up window, click on the ‘<b>Close’ link</b>.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;">Selecting from List</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The members are selected to add or invite for an event, appointment, task etc., The Select from List pop up window contains the following options:</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="574" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Select_from_List.gif" alt="" width="695px" height="381px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select from List Screen</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To select from list:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the department from the Departments drop down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Employees who belong to the selected department are displayed in the Available Employees List box. Press Shift or CTRL keys on keyboard and with mouse click select the desired employees of your choice then click on the <b>‘Add’</b> link.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can click on the <b>‘Select All’ </b>link to select all the employees from the Available Employees List box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Clear All’</b> link to clear the selection of all the employees in the Available Employees List box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The employees selected are displayed in the<b> </b>Receiving Employees List box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Repeat the above steps to add more employees from different departments.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">7.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>To remove the employees, select the employee name in the Receiving Employees List box, click on the<b>‘Remove’</b> link. Result: The selected employees are removed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">8.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>To cancel the changes in the screen, click on the <b>‘Reload’</b> link to refresh the screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">9.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Done’</b> link to add the employees list. Result: The selected employees are added to Invite List box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">10.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>To close the Select from List pop up window, click on the ‘<b>Close’ link</b><b>.</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;">MANAGE TASK</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Manage Task feature allows you to add/edit/delete the tasks created by you.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="574" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Manage_Tasks.jpg" alt="" width="567px" height="147px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Manage Tasks Screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">To ADD A NEW TASK</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>New Task</b>‘ link to create a new task. <i>Result:</i> The Tasks pop up window refreshes to capture the new task details.</span></li> <li><span style="">Enter the name of the new task in the <i>Task</i> textbox.</span></li> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Save’</b> link to save the new task details.</span></li> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous page.</span></li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: small;">To modify new task:</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Edit’</b> link of the corresponding task name.</span></li> <li><span style="">Modify the task details.</span></li> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Update</b>‘ link to save the changes.</span></li> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous page.</span></li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: small;">To delete new task:</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <li><span style="">Click on the ‘<b>Delete</b>‘ link of the corresponding status. <i>Result:</i> The status pop up window refreshes by deleting.</span></li> <li><span style="">To close the tasks pop up window, click on the ‘<b>Close</b>‘ link.</span></li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">CREATE A TASK</b></font></div> </div> </div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Akken Staffing</b> provides tasks activity to manage your tasks with the selected recruitment lead. To add a task, click on the <b>‘Create Task’</b> link from the activities tab. Result: The Add Task window is displayed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012911025/original/Create_Task.PNG?1429818651" class="inline-image" data-id="4012911025" style="cursor: default;"></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">To add a task</b><br> </h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: 0.75em;"><br></span></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Add task window is divided into two segments: Task Info and Details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Task Info:</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Select the task category from the <i>Categories</i> drop list. To create a new category type rather than a category from the drop down list box, click on the ‘<b>Manage Categories</b>’ link.</li> <li>Specify the subject for the task in the <i>Subject</i> text box.</li> <li>Specify the Start Date and Due Date of the task from the fields provided.</li> <li> <span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the start date and end date of the task.</li> <li>Specify the task status from the <i>Status</i> drop down list. The Status is a drop down list containing the following options: <b>Not Started, In Progress, Waiting on someone else, Deferred </b>and<b> Completed.</b> </li> <li>The fields marked in <span style="color: red;">* </span>(red star) are mandatory.</li> <li>You can also specify the task priority from the Priority drop down list. For instance, you can select as high/low/medium etc. By default, the priority is selected as ‘Normal’</li> <li>Specify the percentage of task completed in the % completed text box. This helps to keep track of your each task. For instance, you can enter as 50% or 75% etc.,</li> <li>Enter the task description in the Description textarea.</li> <li>You can specify the date till which the task can be reminded on eDesk. To do this, select the ‘<b>Remind me on eDesk until’</b> check box and specify the Month, Day, Year and Time by selecting in their respective fields from the drop down list.  Based on the reminder date, the task will be reminded on eDesk until the date you specify. Selecting this is optional. The reminders for tasks will start from task start date until reminder date. For example:  If the user creates a new task with today (24 February 2009) as Start Date and Reminder Date as March 01, 2009, then the system displays the reminder in eDesk-&gt;Reminders section from today till March 01, 2009.</li> <li> <span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the date till which the task can be reminded on eDesk.</li> <li>You will find the <b>Recurrence</b> link in the Recurrence field. Clicking on this link allows you to set the task recurrence. Based on the recurrence set, the task will be displayed in the eDesk-&gt;Tasks section,Collaboration-&gt;Task Manager home page and in activities section of overseas recruiting lead.</li> <li>Once you apply the selected task recurrence settings, the system displays the selected recurrence information in the Add Task screen.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;"><b>Details:</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Task details segment is to be filled by you, only when the task is completed.</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Specify the date of task completion by selecting the Month, Day and Year in their respective fields drop down list, in Date Completed field.</li> <li>Alternatively, you can click on calendar icon to specify the task completion date.</li> <li>Enter the total work hours in Total Work Hours text box.</li> <li>Enter the actual work hours in Actual Work Hours text box.</li> <li>Enter the companies involved in the Companies text box.</li> <li>Enter the mileage in the Mileage text box.</li> <li>Enter the billing information in the Billing Information text box</li> <li>The user can now browse and upload the required files to the new task from the <b>Upload File(s)</b> field, if required. To upload the file, click the <b>Browse</b> button and select the required file and click <b>Open</b>. The system displays the uploaded file in the <b>Uploaded File(s)</b> section. The user can remove the uploaded files, if required by clicking on the <b>Remove</b> link available next to the <b>Uploaded File(s)</b> field. All the tasks added will be displayed in the eDesk on the date it has been created and not for the duration of the task.</li> <li>User can upload many files.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Save’</b> link to save new task details.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to close and return to the previous page.</li> </ol> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>Edit Tasks details</b></span></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>On the Activities tab, highlight the required task and double click on it to modify the details. Result: The edit Task pop up window is displayed.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="460" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/edit_task.jpg" alt="" width="678px" height="780px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Modify the task details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Update’</b> link to save the details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>To close the window, click on the ‘<b>Close’ link</b>.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: x-large;"><b>ADD DOCUMENT</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can add the documents specific to the selected recruitment lead. To do this, click on the <b>‘Add Document’</b>link from the activities tab. <i>Result</i>: The Add Document pop up window is displayed.</p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012912148/original/Add_Document.PNG?1429821304" class="inline-image" data-id="4012912148" style="cursor: default;"></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">To add a document</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Enter the title of the document in the Title text box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and locate the document on your computer.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Enter any specific information about the documents in the Notes textarea.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Upload’</b> link to upload the document file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to close the window.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>Edit Document properties</b></span></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>On the Activities tab, highlight the required document activity type record and double click it to modify the details. Result: The Edit document pop up window is displayed.</p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012912985/original/Edit_Document.PNG?1429822987" class="inline-image" data-id="4012912985" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p><br></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Modify the title of the document in the <i>Title</i> text box.</li> <li>The document is displayed as a link in <i>Document File</i> field.</li> <li>Click on the document name link. <i>Result:</i> The File Download window pops up.</li> </ol> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Click on the <b>Open</b> button to open the document.</li> <li>Click on the <b>Save</b> button to save the document in local drive.</li> <li>Click on the <b>Cancel</b> button to cancel and return to previous page.</li> </ul> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Check the <i>Upload New Document</i> check box, if you wish to replace the old document and upload a new document.</li> <li>Click on the <b>Browse</b> button and locate the new document on your computer.</li> <li>Enter any specific information about the new document in the <i>Notes</i> textarea.</li> <li> <b><span style="font-size: small;">C</span></b>lick on the ‘<b>Upload</b>’ link to upload the new document file. <i>Result</i>: The old document is replaced and the new document is added.</li> <li>To close the window, click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link.</li> </ol> </div> 266156 402 4000007930 2015-04-23T17:03:26-04:00 4 2 0 0 HRM - Overseas Recruiting 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-03-26T15:44:39-04:00 4 2 FORWARD TO HIRING MANAGEMENT You can forward the applicants to Hiring Management from the Applicant Tracking home page. When you forward an applicant to Hiring Management, the system displays a Flag symbol corresponding to the forwarded applicant for the selected Hiring Manager’s login.   Tip to forward an applicant to Hiring Management: To forward an applicant from Applicant Tracking to Hiring Management, perform the following steps: Go to HRM – Applicant Tracking Home Page – Here select an applicant record and click on Forward to Hiring Management link. The system prompts you for confirmation. Click ‘OK’ to forward the applicant to Hiring Management. Before clicking the Forward to Hiring Management link, make sure that you have selected the Hiring Manager from the Select Hiring Manager drop down list available at the top right corner of the screen. The system refreshes and displays the applicant record in the HRM – Hiring Management section with a Flag symbol for the selected hiring manager’s login. Note: All the applicants forwarded from Applicant Tracking to Hiring Management will be displayed asPresent Employee under Type column in the Hiring – Management home page. All the candidates forwarded from CRM – Closing Placement process will be displayed asIndependent Consultant under Type column in the HRM – Hiring Management home page.  You can remove Applicant records temporarily or permanently from your existing active record list. The records removed from Applicant Tracking screen are available in View Archive of Applicant Tracking screen. I. Archive an Applicant Select the applicant record that you want to archive and click on the ‘Archive’ link. Result: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:   Archive Applicants Screen – Option I I. If the applicant that you intend to archive is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed. If you select the ‘CRM Contact Record’ check box option and click on the‘Archive’ button.Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Contacts and Applicant Tracking respectively. If you select the ‘CRM Candidate Record‘ check box option and click on the ‘Archive’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates and Applicant Tracking respectively. If you select the ‘Address Book Record’ check box option and click on the ‘Archive’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Collaboration->Address Book and Applicant Tracking respectively. II. If the applicant that you intend to archive has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:   Archive Applicants Screen – Option II Click on the‘Archive’ button to archive the selected applicant. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the selected applicant to Applicant’s View Archive page. Click on the‘Cancel’ button to cancel and return to Applicant Tracking home page. Note 1: Only current owner of the record can archive the record. Note 2: The alert message will display only those check box options to which the Applicant is connected to. II. Make Available an Applicant Select the applicant record that you want to make available and click on the ‘Make Available’ link. Result: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:   Make Available Applicants Screen – Option I I. If the applicant that you intend to make available is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed. If you select the ‘CRM Contact Record’ check box option and click on the‘Available’button. Result: The screen refreshes by making available the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Contacts and Applicant Tracking respectively. If you select the ‘CRM Candidate Record‘ check box option and click on the ‘Available’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by making available the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Candidates and Applicant Tracking respectively. If you select the ‘Address Book Record’ check box option and click on the ‘Available’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by making available the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Collaboration->Address Book and Applicant Tracking respectively. II. If the applicant that you intend to make available has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:   Make Available Applicants Screen – Option II Click on the‘Available’ button to make available the selected applicant. Result: The screen refreshes by making available the selected applicant to Applicant’s home page. Click on the‘Cancel’ button to cancel and return to Applicant’s View Archive page. III. Delete an Applicant Select the applicant record that you want to delete and click on the ‘Delete’ link. Result: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:   Delete Applicants Screen – Option I I. If the applicant that you intend to delete is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed. If you select the ‘CRM Contact Record’ check box option and click on the‘Delete’ button.Result: The screen refreshes by deleting the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database. If you select the ‘CRM Candidate Record‘ check box option and click on the ‘Delete’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by deleting the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database. If you select the ‘Address Book Record’ check box option and click on the ‘Delete’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by deleting the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database. II. If the applicant that you intend to delete has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:   Delete Applicants Screen – Option II Click on the‘Delete’ link to delete the selected applicant. Result: The screen refreshes by deleting the selected applicant permanently from the database. Click on the‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to Applicants View Archive page.You can add the selected applicants to CRM to make them available for marketing activities like eCampaigns, Job Orders and Job postings. IV. Add Applicants To CRM: 1. Select the required applicant(s)  and click on Add to CRM link available in the Applicant Tracking home page. The system refreshes by adding the applicants to CRM – Candidates. The status of these candidates in the Applicant Tracking home page will be displayed as CRM under Stages column. Note: You can select multiple applicants for adding them to CRM. V. Create User Accounts You can create user accounts for the applicants from the Applicant Tracking Home Page. To create a user account for an applicant, do the following: Select the applicant record for whom you want to create an account and click on Create User link. The system refreshes and displays the applicant record in the Admin – User Management – Consultants – New Consultants section for the creation of account. Here, click on the Create Account link available corresponding to the applicant record. The system refreshes and displays the screen to specify the User Name, Password andConfirm Password. Enter the required information in the fields provided and click onCreate Account link. The system refreshes by creating a user account for the applicant and an email is sent to the applicant with the user credentials. You can view the created user details in the Admin – User Management – Consultantshome page.   VI. Import Using Resumes In Zip Files Akken Staffing provides an excellent option of importing applicant resumes, in bulk, process and add as your applicants. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file. At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required applicants to import profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the applicants. To import applicant profiles through uploading resume in zip file: Click on the ‘Import’ link on Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed. The Import pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; I would like to Import Resume(s), for importing applicants through uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with two more processing options to choose. VII. Importing Using CSV Files 1. You can use CSV file into the comma separated value format. Use this comma separated value format for importing the data. 2. Convert the excel file into the comma separated value format. Use this comma separated value format for importing the data. 3. Click on the ‘Import’ link from Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed. a. On the import pop up window, select the ‘I would like to import CSV file’ radio button, to start the import process using CSV file. b. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and locate the CSV file you want to import from your computer. c. Click on the ‘Import’ link to continue. Result: The Import pop up window refreshes by displaying the mapping screen. d. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close the window. Import Applicant – Mapping screen   Import Applicant- Matching Criteria screen   Import Applicant – Upload resume screen   VIII. Export Applicant Details IX. Activities Tab The activities tab, as the name imply, allows you to organize certain activities with the selected applicants. To assign activities to an applicant, double click on the required applicant, from the Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Applicant Tracking screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Applicant screen, with four tabs. Clicking on the activities tab refreshes the screen by displaying Applicant Activities screen. The Applicant Activities screen displays the communication and activities history items with the selected applicant. You can add and edit events, documents, tasks, appointments and also send mails to selected applicants from the Applicant activities window. X. Edit Applicant Record You can do the modifications of the applicant details. 1. Double click on the required applicant, from the Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Applicant Tracking screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Applicant Tracking screen. 2. The edit screen has 4 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities. 3. You can do the modifications in Profile data tab and HR Data tab screens. 4. After all the modifications are done, you can view the consolidated effect of the modifications, by clicking on the Resume tab. 5. Click on the ‘Update Applicant’ link in the Resume tab window to save the changes. 6. Click on the ‘Close’ link to cancel and return to home page.   Updates to HRM > Profile Data > Contact Info Tab In the above screen, the Job(s) Applied To field displays the Job Titles for which the candidates have applied, as a list as shown in the above screen. Added a new link called “Submit” next to each Job Title in brackets, if the candidate does not exist in CRM. Clicking on Submit link creates a new Candidate in CRM and also submits the candidate to the Job Order. The system displays a link to View Submission Info link next to the submitted Job Order as shown in the above screen. Clicking on the View Submission Info link in the above screen launches a Submission Details screen as shown below:   Submission Information Screen Click on the Close link to close the Submission Information screen. Work flows 1. Work flow for Applicant Submission Details 2. Work flow showing what happens when the user submits a new Candidate to a Job from HRM->Applicant Tracking XI. Adding New Applicant Through Uploading Resumes Akken Staffing provides an excellent option of uploading applicant resumes, to enhance user convenience. Using this option, you can upload the resumes in bulk, process and add as your applicants. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file.At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required applicants to create profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the applicants. To create applicant profiles through uploading resume: Click on the ‘New’ link on Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed.   Adding new applicant – Through uploading resumes The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; I would like to upload resume(s) to create profiles, for adding new applicants through uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with two more processing options to choose. Selecting processing options: Option 1: Choosing ‘Select this option to review the results of the resume(s) processed and create profiles one at a time’ radio button, processes the uploaded resumes of the applicants included in a zip file and displays the results so that you can manually check each profile and add it to your records. By default, this option is selected. Option 2: Else choosing the second radio button, which is other than the default one, processes the uploaded resumes of the applicants included in a zip file and automatically creates and adds the resume profiles of the applicants to your active records list.  Selecting this option does not show the processing results to be manually checked by you. 1. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and find the zip file located on your computer. 2. Click on the ‘Process’ link. The processing is done according to the option you have selected. Selecting option 2 and clicking on the ‘Process’ link processes the  profiles and you are directly prompted to the status. You can check the added profiles in the Applicant Tracking home page. 3. Clicking on the ‘Process’ link by selecting the option 1, processes the resumes from the zip file to grab each  profile details, one at a time. The New pop up window refreshes and displays the Processing window to process the resumes included in the zip file. 4. It may take few minutes to process the resumes in the Processing window. The Processing window refreshes and displays ‘Profiles window’ when the processing is finished, as follows: Profiles window The Profiles window displays the list of applicants grabbed from the zip file. 1. The details of each profile are displayed in the respective columns of Profiles window, grabbed from the resumes. 2. Highlight any applicant record and double click on it to view or check the details of the applicant. Result: The Add Applicant pop up window with 3 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data and Resume is displayed. You can verify and also modify the resume of the applicant, in the different tabs and click on the ‘Add Applicant’ link on the Resume tab screen, to add the applicant in Applicant Tracking home page. Click on the ‘Close’ link on Resume tab screen to close the Add Applicant pop up window. 3. You can also select the required applicant profiles from the profiles window, by checking the check boxes adjacent to the applicant profiles and click on the ‘Add’ link to add in Applicant Tracking home page. Result: The Profiles window refreshes by adding the selected applicant records to your active list. 4. Once you are finished adding the profiles, click on the ‘Close’ link to close the profiles window. <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">FORWARD TO HIRING MANAGEMENT</b></p> <p><span style="font-size: large;"><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can forward the applicants to Hiring Management from the Applicant Tracking home page.</span><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">When you forward an applicant to Hiring Management, the system displays a <b>Flag</b> symbol corresponding to the forwarded applicant for the selected <b>Hiring Manager’s</b> login.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">Tip to forward an applicant to Hiring Management:</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">To forward an applicant from Applicant Tracking to Hiring Management, perform the following steps:</span></p> <ol type="1"><li><span style="font-size: large;">Go to <b>HRM – Applicant Tracking</b> Home Page – Here select an applicant record and click on <b>Forward to Hiring Management</b> link. The system prompts you for confirmation. Click <b>‘OK’</b> to forward the applicant to Hiring Management.</span></li></ol> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012913088/original/Fwd_To_Hiring_Mgmt.PNG?1429823238" class="inline-image" data-id="4012913088" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <ol type="1"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Before clicking the <b>Forward to Hiring Management</b> link, make sure that you have selected the <b>Hiring Manager</b> from the <b>Select Hiring Manager</b> drop down list available at the top right corner of the screen.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">The system refreshes and displays the applicant record in the <b>HRM – Hiring Management</b> section with a <b>Flag</b> symbol for the selected hiring manager’s login.</span></li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">Note:</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">All the applicants forwarded from <b>Applicant Tracking</b> to <b>Hiring Management</b> will be displayed as<b>Present Employee</b> under <b>Type</b> column in the <b>Hiring – Management</b> home page.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">All the candidates forwarded from <b>CRM – Closing Placement</b> process will be displayed as<b>Independent Consultant</b> under <b>Type</b> column in the <b>HRM – Hiring Management</b> home page.</span></li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"> <span>You can remove Applicant records temporarily or permanently from your existing active record list. The records removed from Applicant Tracking screen are available in View Archive of Applicant Tracking screen.</span></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></span></p> <h6><br></h6> <h6><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">I. Archive an Applicant</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">Select the applicant record that you want to archive and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="398"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Archive_Applicants1.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="322px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Archive Applicants Screen – Option I</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">I. If the applicant that you intend to archive is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed.</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Contact Record’</b> check box option and click on the<b>‘Archive’</b> button.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Contacts and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Candidate Record</b>‘ check box option and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>Address Book Record’</b> check box option and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Collaboration-&gt;Address Book and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>II. If the applicant that you intend to archive has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:</b></span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="396"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Archive_Applicants2.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="192px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Archive Applicants Screen – Option II</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Archive’</b> button to archive the selected applicant. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the selected applicant to Applicant’s View Archive page.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Cancel’</b> button to cancel and return to Applicant Tracking home page.</span></li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Note 1</b>: Only current owner of the record can archive the record.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Note 2</b>: The alert message will display only those check box options to which the Applicant is connected to.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <h6><br></h6> <h6><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">II. Make Available an Applicant</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">Select the applicant record that you want to make available and click on the <b>‘Make Available’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="234"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/MA-Applicants1.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="338px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Make Available Applicants Screen – Option I</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">I. If the applicant that you intend to make available is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed.</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Contact Record’</b> check box option and click on the<b>‘Available’</b>button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making available the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Contacts and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Candidate Record</b>‘ check box option and click on the <b>‘Available’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making available the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Candidates and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>Address Book Record’</b> check box option and click on the <b>‘Available’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making available the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record and displays the record(s) in the home pages of Collaboration-&gt;Address Book and Applicant Tracking respectively.</span></li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">II. If the applicant that you intend to make available has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:</b></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="248"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/MA-Applicants2.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="193px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Make Available Applicants Screen – Option II</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Available’</b> button to make available the selected applicant. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making available the selected applicant to Applicant’s home page.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Cancel’</b> button to cancel and return to Applicant’s View Archive page.</span></li> </ul> <h6><br></h6> <h6><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">III. Delete an Applicant</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">Select the applicant record that you want to delete and click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="264"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Delete_Applicants1.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="324px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Delete Applicants Screen – Option I</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">I. If the applicant that you intend to delete is connected to other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed.</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Contact Record’</b> check box option and click on the<b>‘Delete’</b> button.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by deleting the CRM Contact Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>CRM Candidate Record</b>‘ check box option and click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by deleting the CRM Candidate Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">If you select the ‘<b>Address Book Record’</b> check box option and click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by deleting the Address Book Record along with the Applicant Record permanently from the database.</span></li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">II. If the applicant that you intend to delete has no connection with other roles/functions such as CRM Contact Record, CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:</b></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="386"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Delete_Applicants2.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="192px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Delete Applicants Screen – Option II</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Delete’</b> link to delete the selected applicant. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by deleting the selected applicant permanently from the database.</span></li> <li> <span style="font-size: large;">Click on the<b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to Applicants View Archive page.You can add the selected applicants to CRM to make them available for marketing activities like eCampaigns, Job Orders and Job postings.</span> </li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">IV. Add Applicants To CRM:</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">1. Select the required applicant(s)  and click on <b>Add to CRM</b> link available in the <b>Applicant Tracking</b> home page. The system refreshes by adding the applicants to <b>CRM – Candidates</b>. The status of these candidates in the <b>Applicant Tracking</b> home page will be displayed as <b>CRM</b> under <b>Stages</b> column.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">Note: You can select multiple applicants for adding them to CRM.</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 1.3; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>V. Create User Accounts</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="line-height: 1.3; font-size: large;">You can create user accounts for the applicants from the Applicant Tracking Home Page.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">To create a user account for an applicant, do the following:</span></p> <ol type="1"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Select the applicant record for whom you want to create an account and click on <b>Create User</b> link. The system refreshes and displays the applicant record in the <b>Admin – User Management – Consultants – New Consultants</b> section for the creation of account.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Here, click on the <b>Create Account</b> link available corresponding to the applicant record. The system refreshes and displays the screen to specify the <b>User Name, Password </b>and<b>Confirm Password</b>. Enter the required information in the fields provided and click on<b>Create Account</b> link. The system refreshes by creating a user account for the applicant and an email is sent to the applicant with the user credentials.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">You can view the created user details in the <b>Admin – User Management – Consultants</b>home page.</span></li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 1.3; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>VI. Import Using Resumes In Zip Files</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Akken Staffing</b><span> </span><span>provides an excellent option of importing applicant resumes, in bulk, process and add as your applicants. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file.</span><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required applicants to import profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the applicants.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">To import applicant profiles through uploading resume in zip file:</span></p> <ol type="1"><li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the <b>‘Import’</b> link on Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed.</span></li></ol> <div><br></div> <p></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012913104/original/Import.PNG?1429823302" class="inline-image" data-id="4012913104" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p><br></p> <ol type="1"><li><span style="font-size: large;">The Import pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; <b>I would like to Import Resume(s)</b>, for importing applicants through uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with two more processing options to choose.</span></li></ol> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="line-height: 15.600000381469727px; font-size: large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 15.600000381469727px; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>VII. Importing Using CSV Files</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="line-height: 15.600000381469727px; font-size: large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><span style="">1.</span> <span style="">You can use CSV file into the comma separated value format. Use this comma separated value format for importing the data.</span></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">2. Convert the excel file into the comma separated value format. Use this comma separated value format for importing the data.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">3. Click on the <b>‘Import’</b> link from Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Import pop up window is displayed.</span></p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012913116/original/Import.PNG?1429823349" class="inline-image" data-id="4012913116" style="cursor: default;"></p> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">a. On the import pop up window, select the ‘<b>I would like to import CSV file’</b> radio button, to start the import process using CSV file.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">b. Click on the <b>‘Browse’</b> button and locate the CSV file you want to import from your computer.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">c. Click on the <b>‘Import’</b> link to continue. Result: The Import pop up window refreshes by displaying the mapping screen.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">d. Click on the <b>‘Close’ link</b> to close the window.</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="439"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Import_Applicant2.gif" alt="" width="626" height="424" style="cursor: default;"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Import Applicant – Mapping screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <div> <table cellspacing="0" width="575"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Import_Applicant3.gif" alt="" width="626" height="371" style="cursor: default;"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Import Applicant- Matching Criteria screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="297"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Import_Applicant4.gif" alt="" width="626" height="135" style="cursor: default;"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Import Applicant – Upload resume screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <br><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">VIII. Export Applicant Details</b><br><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012913126/original/Export.PNG?1429823388" class="inline-image" data-id="4012913126" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="line-height: 15.600000381469727px; font-size: large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 15.600000381469727px; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>IX. Activities Tab</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style=""><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">The activities tab, as the name imply, allows you to organize certain activities with the selected applicants. To assign activities to an applicant, double click on the required applicant, from the Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Applicant Tracking screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Applicant screen, with four tabs. Clicking on the activities tab refreshes the screen by displaying Applicant Activities screen.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">The Applicant Activities screen displays the communication and activities history items with the selected applicant.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">You can add and edit events, documents, tasks, appointments and also send mails to selected applicants from the Applicant activities window.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">X. Edit Applicant Record</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">You can do the modifications of the applicant details.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">1. Double click on the required applicant, from the Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The Applicant Tracking screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Applicant Tracking screen.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">2. The edit screen has 4 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">3. You can do the modifications in Profile data tab and HR Data tab screens.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">4. After all the modifications are done, you can view the consolidated effect of the modifications, by clicking on the Resume tab.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">5. Click on the <b>‘Update Applicant’</b> link in the Resume tab window to save the changes.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">6. Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to cancel and return to home page.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-size: large;">Updates to HRM &gt; Profile Data &gt; Contact Info Tab</b></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/edit-applicant-record.jpg" rel="lightbox[2897]" title="edit applicant record" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="edit applicant record" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/edit-applicant-record-598x316.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="316" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li><span style="font-size: large;">In the above screen, the Job(s) Applied To field displays the Job Titles for which the candidates have applied, as a list as shown in the above screen.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Added a new link called <b>“Submit”</b> next to each Job Title in brackets, if the candidate does not exist in CRM.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Clicking on <b>Submit</b> link creates a new Candidate in CRM and also submits the candidate to the Job Order. The system displays a link to <b>View Submission Info</b> link next to the submitted Job Order as shown in the above screen.</span></li> <li><span style="font-size: large;">Clicking on the <b>View Submission Info</b> link in the above screen launches a Submission Details screen as shown below:</span></li> </ul> <table cellspacing="0" width="404"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Sub_Info.gif" alt="" width="600px" height="408px" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Submission Information Screen</p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><li><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the <b>Close</b> link to close the Submission Information screen.</span></li></ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Work flows</b></span></p> <h6><span style="font-size: large;"><b>1. Work flow for Applicant Submission Details</b></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="596"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Workflow7.gif" alt="" width="746px" height="543px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <h6>2. Work flow showing what happens when the user submits a new Candidate to a Job from HRM-&gt;Applicant Tracking</h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="606"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Workflow6.gif" alt="" width="747px" height="726px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; line-height: 1.3; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>XI. Adding New Applicant Through Uploading Resumes</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;">Akken Staffing</b><span style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"> </span><span style="font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;">provides an excellent option of uploading applicant resumes, to enhance user convenience. Using this option, you can upload the resumes in bulk, process and add as your applicants. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file.</span>At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required applicants to create profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the applicants.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">To create applicant profiles through uploading resume:</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">Click on the <b>‘New’</b> link on Applicant Tracking Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed.</span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="555"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Adding_Applicant-Through_Resume.gif" alt="" width="626" height="256" style="cursor: default;"> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Adding new applicant – Through uploading resumes</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 12px;">The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; <b>I would like to upload resume(s) to create profiles</b>, for adding new applicants through </span><span style="font-size: large;">uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with two more processing options to choose.</span></p> <h6><b style="font-size: large;">Selecting processing options:</b></h6> <h6><br></h6> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li> <h6><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Option 1:</b> Choosing ‘<b><strong>Select this option to review the results of the resume(s) processed and create profiles one at a time</strong></b><strong>’</strong> radio button, processes the uploaded resumes of the applicants included in a zip file and displays the results so that you can manually check each profile and add it to your records. By default, this option is selected.</span></h6> </li> <li> <h6><span style="font-size: large;"><b><strong>Option 2</strong></b><strong>:</strong> Else choosing the second radio button, which is other than the default one, processes the uploaded resumes of the applicants included in a zip file and automatically creates and adds the resume profiles of the applicants to your active records list.  Selecting this option does not show the processing results to be manually checked by you.</span></h6> </li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">1. Click on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and find the zip file located on your computer.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">2. Click on the <b>‘Process’ </b>link. The processing is done according to the option you have selected. Selecting option 2 and clicking on the <b>‘Process’</b> link processes the  profiles and you are directly prompted to the status. You can check the added profiles in the Applicant Tracking home page.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">3. Clicking on the <b>‘Process’</b> link by selecting the option 1, processes the resumes from the zip file to grab each  profile details, one at a time. The New pop up window refreshes and displays the Processing window to process the resumes included in the zip file.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">4. It may take few minutes to process the resumes in the Processing window. The Processing window refreshes and displays ‘<b>Profiles window’</b> when the processing is finished, as follows:</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><br></span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="603"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/profile-tab-screen.jpg" rel="lightbox[2892]" title="profile tab screen" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="profile tab screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/profile-tab-screen-598x369.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="369" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;"><b>Profiles</b><b> window</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">The Profiles window displays the list of applicants grabbed from the zip file.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">1. The details of each profile are displayed in the respective columns of Profiles window, grabbed from the resumes.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">2. Highlight any applicant record and double click on it to view or check the details of the applicant. Result: The Add Applicant pop up window with 3 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data and Resume is displayed. You can verify and also modify the resume of the applicant, in the different tabs and click on the <b>‘Add Applicant’</b> link on the Resume tab screen, to add the applicant in Applicant Tracking home page. Click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link on Resume tab screen to close the Add Applicant pop up window.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">3. You can also select the required applicant profiles from the profiles window, by checking the check boxes adjacent to the applicant profiles and click on the <b>‘Add’</b> link to add in Applicant Tracking home page. Result: The Profiles window refreshes by adding the selected applicant records to your active list.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">4. Once you are finished adding the profiles, click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link to close the profiles window.</span></p> </div> </div> 266156 896 4000007937 2015-04-23T17:13:30-04:00 5 2 4 2 HRM - Applicant Tracking 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-03-31T17:30:01-04:00 2 1 WORK JOURNAL DETAILS Work Journal link allows you to view the forwarded and hired candidate details. Click on the ‘Work Journal’ link, on Hiring Management home page. Result: The Hiring Management screen refreshes by displaying candidate Name and History details. Click on the required ‘Candidate Name’ link. The screen refreshes with all the details of the candidate. You can view the profile, skills, assignments and history details of the candidate. Click on the ‘Cancel’ to cancel and return to the previous screen. REJECTED CANDIDATE LIST DETAILS You can view the rejected candidate’s details in Rejected Candidate List. You can move the candidates back from Rejected Candidate List to Hiring Management home page using the ‘Make Available’ link.   Click on the ‘Rejected Candidate List’ link on Hiring Management home page, to view the rejected candidates. Result: The Hiring Management screen refreshes and displays the rejected candidate records. Select the desired candidates you wish to make available again, by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for moving the candidates. Click on the ‘Make Available’ link. Result: The Rejected Candidate List screen refreshes by removing the selected candidates from Rejected Candidate List. The removed candidates are now available again in the Hiring Management home page. Double clicking on any record in the Rejected Candidate List screen refreshes and displays the screen as shown below: Select the desired candidates you wish to delete, by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for deleting the candidates. Click on the ‘Delete’ link to delete the candidates permanently from Rejected Candidate List. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous window. FORWARD TO REVIEW You can forward the candidates for reviewing to HR administrator. Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for forwarding the candidates. Select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Review drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Management home page. Click on the‘Forward to Review’ link to forward the candidates for review. Note: You can view the forwarded candidates for reviewing under HRM/Hiring Review link. You cannot forward a candidate of Present Employee Type, for review. REJECT A CANDIDATE HR administrator can reject the candidates from hiring. Select the desired candidates by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for rejecting the candidates and click on the ‘Reject’ link. Result: The Hiring Management home page refreshes by removing the selected candidates from the home page. Note: You can view the rejected candidates’ records under HRM–>Rejected Candidate List link. HIRE A CANDIDATE candidate from the Hiring Management home page. To hire a candidate: Select the required candidate and click Hire. The system displays the candidate record in edit mode. Review and update the details of the candidate, if required and finally click Hire to hire the candidate. The system displays the hired candidate as employee in the  Employee Management home page.   Note: In HRM-Hiring Management – When you hire a candidate, the default tax type for the hired candidate will be W-2. While creating a new applicant if you select the “C-to-C” option in Tax Deductions screen and save the applicant. Now if you forward the applicant to Hiring Management and finally hire the applicant, then the applicant will become the C-to-C employee with the corresponding company as Consulting Vendor. When you close a placement for a candidate with recruiter contact, the system displays the record in HRM – Hiring Management. The recruiter contact company information will be populated in HRM – Tax Deductions screen for that candidate. When you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays candidate as “C-to-C” employee along with the corresponding company as Consulting Vendor. When you close a placement for a candidate with recruiter contact, the system displays the record in HRM-Hiring Management. Now, when you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays the default tax type for these employees as C-2-C. When you close a placement for a candidate without a recruiter contact, the system displays the record in HRM-Hiring Management. Now, when you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays the default tax type for these employees as W-2. Candidates applied for the job in Web Site API will be displayed as 1099 employees in the Applicant Tracking home page . When you create a new applicant from Applicant Tracking, the default tax type will be“1099”. If two users attempt to hire an employee at almost the same time, the user who hires last will get the following message displayed: “This record has already been processed. Check the list of employees in Employee Management”. While hiring a candidate, if you specify the SSN (Social Security Number) that already exists in the system, the system displays the following message: “Employee with this Social Security Number already exists in Employee Management. Please try entering a different Social Security Number and Hire.”. If there is no SSN (Social Security Number) for the candidate, then the system checks for candidate first name and last name for duplicate checking. Note: You can view the details of hired candidates under Admin/User Management/New link. ADDING A CANDIDATE FOR HIRING THROUGH UPLOADING RESUMES Akken Staffing provides an excellent option of uploading candidate resumes, to enhance user convenience. Using this option, you can upload the resumes in bulk, process and add as your candidates. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file. At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required candidates to create profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the candidates. To create candidate profiles through uploading resume: Click on the ‘New’ link on Hiring Management Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed. The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; I would like to upload resume(s) to create profiles, for adding new candidates through uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with a text box and a ‘Browse’ link. 1. Click on the ‘Browse’ button and find the zip file located on your computer. 2. Clicking on the ‘Process’ link. Result: The New pop up window refreshes and displays the Processing window to process the resumes included in the zip file. 3. It may take few minutes to process the resumes in the Processing window. The Processing window refreshes and displays ‘Profiles window’ when the processing is finished, as follows: The Profiles screen Profiles window The Profiles window displays the list of candidates grabbed from the zip file. 1. The details of each profile are displayed in the respective columns of Profiles window, grabbed from the resumes. 2. Highlight any applicant record and double click on it to view or check the details of the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management pop up window with 2 tabs: Profile Data and HR Data with their sub tabs are displayed. You can verify and also modify the profile of the candidate, in the different tabs and click on the‘Hire’ link, to add the candidate in the Hiring Management home page. 3. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close the profiles window. HR DATA TAB HR Data tab helps to record the candidate’s immigration, compensation, assignment, tax deduction details etc. This tab contains the following sub tabs.  Immigration Compensation Personnel Profile Assignments Reporting Tax Deductions Deductions Expenses Benefits Dependents Emergency Contact Pay Check Delivery Immigration Tab Refer to the Immigration Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Compensation Tab Note: The Accounts Setup section in Compensation screen displays Income Account, Expense Account and Account Payable accounts for 1099 employees. (1099 employees are referred as Vendors). For all the remaining employee (W-2, C-to-C and none) types the Accounts Setup section in Compensation screen displays Income Account, Payroll Expense Account and Payroll Liability Account. If you generate any pay bill, then that amount will be deposited into Accounts Payable Account. Refer to the Compensation Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Click on the ‘Hire’ if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result:The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate. Personal Profile Tab   Note: If the user specifies the SSN (Social Security Number) that already exists in the system, the system displays the following message: “Employee with same Social Security Number already exists”.   Refer to the Personal Profile Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Assignments Tab     Refer to the Assignments Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Click on the ‘Hire’ if you do not want to fill up the details in the rest of the remaining tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Assignment screen refreshes by displaying the Hiring Management home page screen with the new candidate added in the list. The candidate will have only the details added so far. Reporting Tab     Refer to the Reporting Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Tax Deductions Tab     Refer to the Tax Deductions Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Deductions Tab     Refer to the Deductions Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. EXPENSES TAB   Refer to the Expenses Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Benefits Tab   Note: The Benefits Tab now displays the Other Benefits along with Earned Benefits that are created by the user in the HRM->Benefits section. All the benefits entered in the HRM->Hiring Management will be carried forward toHRM->Employee Management.   Refer to the Benefits Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details.   Dependents Tab     Refer to the Dependents Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Emergency Contact Tab     Refer to the Emergency Contact Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Click on the ‘Hire’ link to hire the candidate. If some mandatory fields have not been entered then the Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate. click on the ‘Hire’link again, after filling the mandatory fields. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Hiring Management home page screen with the new candidate added in the list. Pay Check Delivery Tab   PROFILE DATA TAB Profile Data tab helps to record the candidate information. This tab contains the following sub tabs. · Candidate Info · Contact Info · Skills · Education · Work Experience · Status · Affiliations · AddInfo · References Candidate Info Tab Refer to the Candidate Info Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Click on the ‘Hire’ if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate. Contact Info Tab Refer to the Contact Info Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Skills Tab   Click on the ‘Hire’ if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate. Refer to the Skills Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Education Tab     Refer to the Education Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Work Experience Tab     Refer to the Work Experience Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Status Tab     Refer to the Status Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Affiliations Tab     Refer to the Affiliations Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. Add Info Tab     Refer to the AddInfo Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. References Tab     Refer to the References Tab topic, discussed earlier for more details. HIRING MANAGEMENT HOME PAGE In the Hiring Management Home Page, you can view all the active applicants who are required to be reviewed for hiring. You can forward applicants, who are working under client project to review. HR administrator can approve or reject the forwarded profiles. You can view all forwarded profiles in the work journal, and can also view the deleted applicant records in the Rejected Candidate List. You cannot forward present employees for hiring, as they are already employees of the organization. In the Hiring Management Home Page you can find the following: 1. The Hiring Management Home Page has the following columns: Name, Job Title, Type, Job Type and Source. Each column will have their corresponding record details. 2. From the Hiring Management home page, you can create new profiles by clicking on the ‘New’ link. See theAdd a candidate for hiring topic for more details. 3. You can hire candidates by clicking on the ‘Hire’ link. See the Hire a Candidate topic for more details. 4. You can reject the applicants by clicking on the ‘Reject’ link. See the Reject a candidate from Hire topic for more details. 5. You can forward applicants for review by clicking on the ‘Forward to Review’ link. For forwarding an applicant, you have to select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Review drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Management home page. See the Forward to Review topic for more details. 6. Also from the Hiring Management Home Page, you can view the rejected applicants’ profiles by clicking on the ‘Rejected Candidate List’ link. See the Rejected Candidate List topic for more details. 7. You can view the hired applicants’ records by clicking on the ‘Work Journal’ link. See the Work Journal details topic for more details. 8. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Hiring Management page. ADDING A CANDIDATE FOR HIRING THROUGH WIZARD Akken Staffing provides you an option to upload candidate profiles for hiring, through wizard. Using this option, you can upload one candidate resume at a time. To create candidate profiles through wizard: Click on the ‘New’ link on Hiring Management Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed. The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the first radio button ‘I would like to create profile using the wizard’ for adding new candidate profiles through wizard. Click on the ‘Process’ link to use the wizard. Result: The New pop up window refreshes by displaying Hiring Management window. <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>WORK JOURNAL DETAILS</b></span></p> <p style="font-size: 12px; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px;"><br></span></p> <p style="font-size: 12px; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px;">Work Journal link allows you to view the forwarded and hired candidate details.</span><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="605" style=""><tbody style="font-size: 13px;"><tr style="font-size: 13px;"><td width="100%"> <a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/working-journal-screen.jpg" rel="lightbox[2973]" title="working journal screen" style="font-size: 13px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="working journal screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/working-journal-screen-598x87.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="87" style="font-size: 13px; cursor: default;"></a><p style="font-size: 12px; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-size: 12px; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b style="font-size: 12px;"></b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-size: 12px; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1" style=""> <li>Click on the ‘<b style="font-size: 13px;">Work Journal</b>’ link, on Hiring Management home page. <i style="font-size: 13px;">Result</i>: The Hiring Management screen refreshes by displaying candidate Name and History details.</li> <li>Click on the required ‘<b style="font-size: 13px;">Candidate Name</b>’ link. The screen refreshes with all the details of the candidate. You can view the profile, skills, assignments and history details of the candidate.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b style="font-size: 13px;">Cancel</b>’ to cancel and return to the previous screen.</li> <li><br></li> </ol> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></span></p> <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>REJECTED CANDIDATE LIST DETAILS</b></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can view the rejected candidate’s details in Rejected Candidate List. You can move the candidates back from Rejected Candidate List to Hiring Management home page using the ‘</span><b style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Make Available’</b><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </span><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">link.</span><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="612"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Rejected-Candidates-List-Details.jpg" rel="lightbox[2970]" title="Rejected Candidates List Details" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="Rejected Candidates List Details" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Rejected-Candidates-List-Details-598x350.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="350" style="cursor: default; width: 596.291428571429px; height: 349px;" data-height="349"></a> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b></b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1"> <li>Click on the <b>‘Rejected Candidate List’</b> link on Hiring Management home page, to view the rejected candidates. Result: The Hiring Management screen refreshes and displays the rejected candidate records.</li> <li>Select the desired candidates you wish to make available again, by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for moving the candidates.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Make Available’</b> link. Result: The Rejected Candidate List screen refreshes by removing the selected candidates from Rejected Candidate List. The removed candidates are now available again in the Hiring Management home page.</li> <li>Double clicking on any record in the Rejected Candidate List screen refreshes and displays the screen as shown below:</li> </ol> <p><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/viewing-history-details-screen.jpg" rel="lightbox[2970]" title="viewing history details screen" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="viewing history details screen" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/viewing-history-details-screen-598x1050.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="1050" style="cursor: default;" class="current"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1"> <li>Select the desired candidates you wish to delete, by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for deleting the candidates.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> link to delete the candidates permanently from Rejected Candidate List.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous window.</li> </ol> <p><br></p> <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">FORWARD TO REVIEW</b></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can forward the candidates for reviewing to HR administrator.</span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for forwarding the candidates. Select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Review drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Management home page. Click on the<b>‘Forward to Review’</b> link to forward the candidates for review.</p> <p></p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="668"><tbody><tr> <td width="56.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="border: 0px; cursor: default;"></td> <td width="13.8pt"></td> <td width="430.9pt">Note: You can view the forwarded candidates for reviewing under HRM/Hiring Review link. You cannot forward a candidate of Present Employee Type, for review.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <br><p><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></p> <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">REJECT A CANDIDATE</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">HR administrator can reject the candidates from hiring.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the desired candidates by selecting the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for rejecting the candidates and click on the <b>‘Reject’</b> link. Result: The Hiring Management home page refreshes by removing the selected candidates from the home page.</p> <p></p> <p> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="border: 0px; cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Note: You can view the rejected candidates’ records under HRM–&gt;Rejected Candidate List link.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></p> <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">HIRE A CANDIDATE</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">candidate from the Hiring Management home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To hire a candidate:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Select the required candidate and click <b>Hire</b>. The system displays the candidate record in edit mode.</li> <li>Review and update the details of the candidate, if required and finally click <b>Hire</b> to hire the candidate. The system displays the hired candidate as employee in the  <b>Employee Management</b> home page.</li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Note:</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>In <b>HRM-Hiring Management</b> – When you hire a candidate, the default tax type for the hired candidate will be <b>W-2</b>.</li> <li>While creating a new applicant if you select the <b>“C-to-C</b>” option in<b> Tax Deductions</b> screen and save the applicant. Now if you forward the applicant to <b>Hiring Management</b> and finally hire the applicant, then the applicant will become the <b>C-to-C</b> employee with the corresponding company as <b>Consulting Vendor</b>.</li> <li>When you close a placement for a candidate with recruiter contact, the system displays the record in <b>HRM – Hiring Management</b>. The recruiter contact company information will be populated in <b>HRM – Tax Deductions</b> screen for that candidate. When you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays candidate as “<b>C-to-C</b>” employee along with the corresponding company as <b>Consulting Vendor</b>.</li> <li>When you close a placement for a candidate with recruiter contact, the system displays the record in <b>HRM-Hiring Management</b>. Now, when you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays the default tax type for these employees as <b>C-2-C</b>.</li> <li>When you close a placement for a candidate without a recruiter contact, the system displays the record in <b>HRM-Hiring Management</b>. Now, when you hire the candidate that has been forwarded from closing placement, the system displays the default tax type for these employees as <b>W-2</b>.</li> <li>Candidates applied for the job in Web Site API will be displayed as <b>1099 </b>employees in the Applicant Tracking home page .</li> <li>When you create a new applicant from Applicant Tracking, the default tax type will be<b>“1099”</b>.</li> <li>If two users attempt to hire an employee at almost the same time, the user who hires last will get the following message displayed: <i>“This record has already been processed. Check the list of employees in Employee Management”</i>.</li> <li>While hiring a candidate, if you specify the <b>SSN (Social Security Number)</b> that already exists in the system, the system displays the following message: “<i>Employee with this Social Security Number already exists in Employee Management. Please try entering a different Social Security Number and Hire.”</i>. If there is no <b>SSN (Social Security Number)</b> for the candidate, then the system checks for candidate first name and last name for duplicate checking.</li> </ol> <table cellspacing="0" width="587" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr> <td width="45.1pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11pt"></td> <td width="344.2pt">Note: You can view the details of hired candidates under Admin/User Management/New link.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></p> <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADDING A CANDIDATE FOR HIRING THROUGH UPLOADING RESUMES</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Akken Staffing</b> provides an excellent option of uploading candidate resumes, to enhance user convenience. Using this option, you can upload the resumes in bulk, process and add as your candidates. The bulk uploading is usually done using zip files by adding the required resumes, in the zip file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">At a minimum, you need a zip file consisting of resumes of the required candidates to create profiles in bulk. This zip file is processed to grab the details of the candidates.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To create candidate profiles through uploading resume:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘New’</b> link on Hiring Management Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013113171/original/New.PNG?1430314840" class="inline-image" data-id="4013113171" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the second radio button; <b>I would like to upload resume(s) to create profiles</b>, for adding new candidates through uploading resumes. Result: The pop up window refreshes, with a text box and a ‘<b>Browse’</b> link.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and find the zip file located on your computer.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Clicking on the <b>‘Process’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: The New pop up window refreshes and displays the Processing window to process the resumes included in the zip file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>It may take few minutes to process the resumes in the Processing window. The Processing window refreshes and displays ‘<b>Profiles window’</b> when the processing is finished, as follows:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="632" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Profiles_Screen-HM.gif" alt="" width="626" height="504" style="cursor: default;"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>The Profiles screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><span style="font-size: 18px; line-height: 1.3;">Profiles</span><span style="font-size: 18px; line-height: 1.3;"> </span><span style="font-size: 18px; line-height: 1.3;">window</span></span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The Profiles window displays the list of candidates grabbed from the zip file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The details of each profile are displayed in the respective columns of Profiles window, grabbed from the resumes.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Highlight any applicant record and double click on it to view or check the details of the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management pop up window with 2 tabs: Profile Data and HR Data with their sub tabs are displayed. You can verify and also modify the profile of the candidate, in the different tabs and click on the<b>‘Hire’</b> link, to add the candidate in the Hiring Management home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link to close the profiles window.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">HR DATA TAB</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">HR Data tab helps to record the candidate’s immigration, compensation, assignment, tax deduction details etc. This tab contains the following sub tabs.</p> <ul style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li> <span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Immigration</li> <li>Compensation</li> <li>Personnel Profile</li> <li>Assignments</li> <li>Reporting</li> <li>Tax Deductions</li> <li>Deductions</li> <li>Expenses</li> <li>Benefits</li> <li>Dependents</li> <li>Emergency Contact</li> <li>Pay Check Delivery</li> </ul> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>Immigration Tab</b></span></h6> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013113302/original/Immigration.PNG?1430314963" class="inline-image" data-id="4013113302" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Immigration_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Immigration Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>Compensation Tab</b></span></h6> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013113435/original/Compensation.PNG?1430315030" class="inline-image" data-id="4013113435" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note</b>:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>The Accounts Setup section in Compensation screen displays Income Account, Expense Account and Account Payable accounts for 1099 employees. (1099 employees are referred as Vendors).</li> <li>For all the remaining employee (W-2, C-to-C and none) types the Accounts Setup section in Compensation screen displays Income Account, Payroll Expense Account and Payroll Liability Account.</li> <li>If you generate any pay bill, then that amount will be deposited into Accounts Payable Account.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Compensation_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Compensation Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Hire’</b> if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. <i>Result:</i>The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Personal Profile Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="457" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Personal_Profile-HM.gif" alt="" width="730" height="347" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Note:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">If the user specifies the <b>SSN (Social Security Number)</b> that already exists in the system, the system displays the following message:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><i>“Employee with same Social Security Number already exists”</i>.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Personal_Profile_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Personal Profile Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>Assignments Tab</b></span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b><br></b></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="661" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Assignments.gif" alt="" width="750px" height="1217px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="511px">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Assignments_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Assignments Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Hire’</b> if you do not want to fill up the details in the rest of the remaining tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Assignment screen refreshes by displaying the Hiring Management home page screen with the new candidate added in the list. The candidate will have only the details added so far.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Reporting Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="452" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Reporting.gif" alt="" width="786" height="242" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Reporting_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Reporting Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: large;"><br></b></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Tax Deductions Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="667" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Tax_Deductions.gif" alt="" width="750px" height="473px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the<a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Tax_Deductions_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"> <b>Tax Deductions Tab</b></a> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: large;"><br></span></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: large;">Deductions Tab</span><br> </h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="432" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Deductions_Screen.gif" alt="" width="800px" height="324px" style="cursor: default;" class="current">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Deductions_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Deductions Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"></h6> <p><span style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-size: large;">EXPENSES TAB</span></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="543" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Expenses_Screen.gif" alt="" width="800px" height="325px" style="cursor: default; width: 797.538461538462px; height: 324px;" data-height="324" class="current"><br> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Expenses_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Expenses Tab</a> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Benefits Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="624" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Benefits.gif" alt="" width="850px" height="343px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note</b>:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The Benefits Tab now displays the <b>Other Benefits</b> along with <b>Earned Benefits</b> that are created by the user in the HRM-&gt;Benefits section. All the benefits entered in the <b>HRM-&gt;Hiring Management</b> will be carried forward to<b>HRM-&gt;Employee Management</b>.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="551px">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Benefits_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Benefits Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Dependents Tab</span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="595" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Dependents_Screen.gif" alt="" width="800px" height="490px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Dependents_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Dependents Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Emergency Contact Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="496" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Emergency_Contact.gif" alt="" width="800px" height="395px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Emergency_Contact_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Emergency Contact Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Hire’ link</b> to hire the candidate. If some mandatory fields have not been entered then the Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate. click on the <b>‘Hire’</b>link again, after filling the mandatory fields. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Hiring Management home page screen with the new candidate added in the list.</p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Pay Check Delivery Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <table cellspacing="0" width="765" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Pay_Check.gif" alt="" width="851" height="530" style="cursor: default; width: 851px; height: 530px;" data-height="530">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">PROFILE DATA TAB</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">Profile Data tab helps to record the candidate information. This tab contains the following sub tabs.</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Candidate Info</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Contact Info</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Skills</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Education</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Work Experience</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Status</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· Affiliations</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· AddInfo</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: large;">· References</span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Candidate Info Tab</span></h6> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013113519/original/Candidate_Info.PNG?1430315162" class="inline-image" data-id="4013113519" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Candidate_Info_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Candidate Info Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Hire’</b> if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Contact Info Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"></h6> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013113929/original/Contact_Info.PNG?1430315583" class="inline-image" data-id="4013113929" style="cursor: default;"></p> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Contact_Info_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Contact Info Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large;"><br></span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Skills Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="633" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-skills_screen.jpg" alt="" width="750px" height="226px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Hire’</b> if you do not want to fill up the details in all the tabs, but want to hire the candidate. Result: The Hiring Management screen will prompt you only to fill up the mandatory fields, to hire the candidate.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Skills_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Skills Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Education Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="672" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class=""> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-education_screen.jpg" alt="" width="750px" height="312px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Education_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Education Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Work Experience Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="693" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-exp_screen.jpg" alt="" width="760" height="388" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Work_Experience_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Work Experience Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Status Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="760" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class=""> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-Status_Tab.gif" alt="" width="760" height="192" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Status_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Status Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Affiliations Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="720" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-affiliations_screen.jpg" alt="" width="760px" height="241px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Affiliations_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Affiliations Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Add Info Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="719" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/AddInfo-HM.gif" alt="" width="795" height="225" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p></p> <table cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/AddInfo_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">AddInfo Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <p></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">References Tab</span></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><br></span></h6> <table cellspacing="0" width="692" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/HM-references_screen.jpg" alt="" width="760px" height="321px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <table cellspacing="0" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="40px" height="36px"></td> <td width="11.8pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Refer to the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/References_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">References Tab</a></b> topic, discussed earlier for more details.</td> </tr></tbody></table> <br><p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">HIRING MANAGEMENT HOME PAGE</b></p> <p><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Hiring Management Home Page, you can view all the active applicants who are required to be reviewed for hiring. You can forward applicants, who are working under client project to review. HR administrator can approve or reject the forwarded profiles. You can view all forwarded profiles in the work journal, and can also view the deleted applicant records in the Rejected Candidate List. You cannot forward present employees for hiring, as they are already employees of the organization.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Hiring Management Home Page you can find the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Hiring Management Home Page has the following columns: Name, Job Title, Type, Job Type and Source. Each column will have their corresponding record details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>From the Hiring Management home page, you can create new profiles by clicking on the <b>‘New’ </b>link. See the<b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_a_Candidate_for_Hiring1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add a candidate for hiring</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can hire candidates by clicking on the <b>‘Hire’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Hire_a_Candidate.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Hire a Candidate</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can reject the applicants by clicking on the <b>‘Reject’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Reject_a_candidate.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Reject a candidate from Hire</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can forward applicants for review by clicking on the <b>‘Forward to Review’</b> link. For forwarding an applicant, you have to select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Review drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Management home page. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Forward_to_Review.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Forward to Review</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Also from the Hiring Management Home Page, you can view the rejected applicants’ profiles by clicking on the <b>‘Rejected Candidate List’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/History_details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Rejected Candidate List</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">7.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can view the hired applicants’ records by clicking on the <b>‘Work Journal’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Work_Journal_details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Work Journal details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">8.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Paging options</a></b> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Hiring Management page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADDING A CANDIDATE FOR HIRING THROUGH WIZARD</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Akken Staffing</b> provides you an option to upload candidate profiles for hiring, through wizard. Using this option, you can upload one candidate resume at a time.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To create candidate profiles through wizard:</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>Click on the <b>‘New’</b> link on Hiring Management Home page. Result: The New pop up window is displayed.</li></ol> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013114256/original/New.PNG?1430316000" class="inline-image" data-id="4013114256" style="cursor: default;"></p> <br> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>The New pop up window has two radio buttons. Select the first radio button ‘<b>I would like to create profile using the wizard’</b> for adding new candidate profiles through wizard.</li></ol> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>Click on the <b>‘Process’</b> link to use the wizard. Result: The New pop up window refreshes by displaying Hiring Management window.</li></ol> 266156 734 4000008568 2015-04-29T10:00:13-04:00 6 2 2 1 HRM - Hiring Management 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:04:26-04:00 1 1 HIRING REVIEW Hiring Review in HRM is designed to view the candidates, who are required to be reviewed and forwarded to hiring. From hiring review screen, you can forward your candidates to hire. HR administrator can reject a candidate from hiring review screen. Details of rejected candidates’ are available in the History link of hiring review screen, for viewing and to make them available again in future, if required POSITION DETAILS You can view the position details of the candidate by clicking on the position link under Position Title column, on Hiring Review home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the Position Details screen. The Position Details screen has 3 tabs: Position Header, Skills and Rate. Click on the respective tabs to view the position details of the candidate. Click on the ‘Add Check List’ link to add the checklist notes for the position. The Add Check List pop up window is displayed. Refer to the Add Check List topic in CRM module help file to know how to add the checklist notes. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close the window. ASSIGNMENT DETAILS Double click on the required candidate record, on the Hiring Review home page. You can view the assignment details of the selected candidate in the Assignments screen as shown below: Assignment Details Screen WORK JOURNAL DETAILS Work Journal allows you to view the forwarded candidate details to hire to the HR administrator. 1. Click on the ‘Work Journal’ link, on Hiring Review home page. The Hiring Review screen refreshes by displaying candidate Name and History details. 2. Click on the required ‘Candidate Name’ link. The screen refreshes with all the details of  the candidate. You can view the profile, skills, assignments and history details of the candidate. 3. Click on the ‘Cancel’ to cancel and return to the previous screen. HISTORY DETAILS You can view the rejected candidate’s details in History. You can move the candidates back from History to Hiring Review home page using the ‘Make Available’ link. 1.   Click on the ‘History’ link on Hiring Review home page, to view the rejected candidates. The Hiring Review screen refreshes and displays the rejected candidate records. 2. Select the desired candidates you wish to make available again, by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for moving the candidates. 3.   Click on the ‘Make Available’ link. The History screen refreshes by removing the selected candidates from history. The removed candidates are now available again in the Hiring Review home page. 4. Select the desired candidates you wish to delete, by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for deleting the candidates. 5.   Click on the ‘Delete’ link to delete the candidates permanently from History. 6.   Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to previous window. FORWARD TO HIRING You can forward the candidates for hiring or review, from the Hiring Review home page. Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for forwarding the candidates. Select an employee from the Select Hiring Manager drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Review home page. Click on the ‘Send Back to Hiring Management’ link to forward the candidates for hiring. Note: You can view the forwarded candidates for hiring under HRM/Hiring Management link. HR administrator can reject the candidates from hiring. REJECT A CANDIDATE Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for rejecting the candidates and click on the ‘Reject’ link. The Hiring Review home page refreshes by removing the selected candidates from the home page. Note: You can view the rejected candidates’ records under Hiring Review/History link. Select the HRM >> Hiring Review link from menu bar, or from the left menu to  HIRING REVIEW HOME PAGE In the Hiring Review Home Page, you can view all the forwarded candidates’ records that are required to be reviewed for hiring. HR administrator can approve or reject the forwarded profiles. You can view all forwarded profiles in the work journal, and can also view the rejected candidates’ records in the history. In the Hiring Review Home Page you can find the following: 1. The Hiring Review Home Page has the following columns: Name, Position Title, Type and Source. Each column will have their corresponding record details. 2. You can reject the candidates’ forwarded for review by clicking on the ‘Reject’ link. See the Reject a candidate topic for more details. 3. You can forward candidates for hiring by clicking on the ‘Forward to Hiring’ link. For forwarding an applicant, you have to select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Hiring drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Review home page. See the Forward to Hiring topic for more details. 4. Also from the Hiring Review Home Page, you can view the rejected candidates’ profiles by clicking on the‘History’ link. See the History details topic for more details. 5. You can view the hired candidates’ records by clicking on the ‘Work Journal’ link. See the Work Journal details topic for more details. 6. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Hiring Review page. 7. Double click on the required candidate record, to view the assignment details of the respective candidate. See the Assignment Details topic for more details. 8. Click on the required position link under Position Title column. The screen refreshes by displaying the Position Details screen. See the Position Details topic for more details. <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>HIRING REVIEW</b></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">Hiring Review in HRM is designed to view the candidates, who are required to be reviewed and forwarded to hiring. From hiring review screen, you can forward your candidates to hire. HR administrator can reject a candidate from hiring review screen. Details of rejected candidates’ are available in the History link of hiring review screen, for viewing and to make them available again in future, if required</span></p> <p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p><b style="font-size: 24px; line-height: 1.3; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">POSITION DETAILS</b><br></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can view the position details of the candidate by clicking on the position link under Position Title column, on Hiring Review home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the Position Details screen.</span><br></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></span></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013114811/original/Position_Details.PNG?1430316745" class="inline-image" data-id="4013114811" style="cursor: default;"></p> <br> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>The Position Details screen has 3 tabs: <i>Position Header, Skills</i> and <i>Rate</i>. Click on the respective tabs to view the position details of the candidate.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Add Check List’</b> link to add the checklist notes for the position. The Add Check List pop up window is displayed. Refer to the <b>Add Check List</b> topic in CRM module help file to know how to add the checklist notes.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to close the window.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman" style="font-size: x-large;"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ASSIGNMENT DETAILS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Double click on the required candidate record, on the Hiring Review home page. You can view the assignment details of the selected candidate in the Assignments screen as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="489" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/assignment_details_screen.jpg" alt="" width="565px" height="338px" style="cursor: default;"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b>Assignment Details Screen</b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman" style="font-size: x-large;"><b><br></b></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman" style="font-size: x-large;"><b style="color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">WORK JOURNAL DETAILS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Work Journal allows you to view the forwarded candidate details to hire to the HR administrator.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="569" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/work-journal-details.jpg" rel="lightbox[2992]" title="work journal details" style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="work journal details" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/work-journal-details-598x87.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="87" style="cursor: default;"></a></b></p></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Work Journal’</b> link, on Hiring Review home page. The Hiring Review screen refreshes by displaying candidate Name and History details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the required ‘Candidate Name’ link. The screen refreshes with all the details of  the candidate. You can view the profile, skills, assignments and history details of the candidate.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’ </b>to cancel and return to the previous screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">HISTORY DETAILS</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can view the rejected candidate’s details in History. You can move the candidates back from History to Hiring Review home page using the ‘<b>Make Available’</b> link.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/history-details.jpg" rel="lightbox[2989]" title="history details" style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="history details" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/history-details-598x314.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="314" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.   Click on the <b>‘History’</b> link on Hiring Review home page, to view the rejected candidates. The Hiring Review screen refreshes and displays the rejected candidate records.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the desired candidates you wish to make available again, by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for moving the candidates.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.   Click on the <b>‘Make Available’</b> link. The History screen refreshes by removing the selected candidates from history. The removed candidates are now available again in the Hiring Review home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the desired candidates you wish to delete, by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for deleting the candidates.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.   Click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> link to delete the candidates permanently from History.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.   Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to previous window.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>FORWARD TO HIRING</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can forward the candidates for hiring or review, from the Hiring Review home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for forwarding the candidates. Select an employee from the Select Hiring Manager drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Review home page. Click on the <b>‘Send Back to Hiring Management’</b> link to forward the candidates for hiring.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Note: You can view the forwarded candidates for hiring under HRM/Hiring Management link.<br><p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"><br></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">HR administrator can reject the candidates from hiring.</span></p> </td> </tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: 24px; line-height: 1.3; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">REJECT A CANDIDATE</b><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the desired candidates by checking the check boxes corresponding to the names of the candidates. In the Notes field, enter the reason for rejecting the candidates and click on the <b>‘Reject’</b> link. The Hiring Review home page refreshes by removing the selected candidates from the home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr> <td width="48.5pt"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Refer.gif" alt="" width="37px" height="35px" style="cursor: default;"></td> <td width="11.4pt"></td> <td width="369.5pt">Note: You can view the rejected candidates’ records under Hiring Review/History link.<br><p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"><br></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">Select the HRM &gt;&gt; Hiring Review link from menu bar, or from the left menu to </span></p> </td> </tr></tbody></table> <br> </div> <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>HIRING REVIEW HOME PAGE</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Hiring Review Home Page, you can view all the forwarded candidates’ records that are required to be reviewed for hiring. HR administrator can approve or reject the forwarded profiles. You can view all forwarded profiles in the work journal, and can also view the rejected candidates’ records in the history.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Hiring Review Home Page you can find the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Hiring Review Home Page has the following columns: Name, Position Title, Type and Source. Each column will have their corresponding record details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can reject the candidates’ forwarded for review by clicking on the <b>‘Reject’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Reject_a_candidate1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Reject a candidate</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can forward candidates for hiring by clicking on the <b>‘Forward to Hiring’</b> link. For forwarding an applicant, you have to select an employee from the Forward to Employee for Hiring drop down list at the top right corner, in the Hiring Review home page. See the <a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Forward_to_Hiring.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><b>Forward to Hiring</b></a> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Also from the Hiring Review Home Page, you can view the rejected candidates’ profiles by clicking on the<b>‘History’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/History_details1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">History details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can view the hired candidates’ records by clicking on the <b>‘Work Journal’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Work_Journal_details1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Work Journal details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>See the <a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><b>Paging options</b></a> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Hiring Review page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">7.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Double click on the required candidate record, to view the assignment details of the respective candidate. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Assignment_details1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Assignment Details</a> topic</b> for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">8.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the required position link under Position Title column. The screen refreshes by displaying the Position Details screen. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Position_Details1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Position Details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> 266156 493 4000009452 2015-04-29T10:14:03-04:00 7 2 1 1 HRM - Hiring Review 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:16:44-04:00 3 0 EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT HOME PAGE Select the HRM > Employee Management link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Management home page. In the Employee Management Home Page, you can view all the active employees’ records. You can create your employees through Hiring Management. You can view the updated employee’s profiles approved by the HR administrator. The Employee Management Home Page has the following columns: First Name, Last Name, Employee ID, Phone, Email, Job Status, Type,Status, Created By, Modified By, Created Date and Modified Date. Each column have their corresponding record details. The Status column is a drop list having three options: All, Active and Terminated. From the Employee Management home page, you can view the employees, who have updated their profiles by clicking on the ‘Approve’ link. See the Approvals of Employee topic for details. You can export the employees’ records by clicking on the ‘Export’ link. See the Export Employees topic for details. Also from the Employee Management Home Page, you can send emails to other employees in the organization by clicking on the ‘Send Mail’ link. See the Send email to Employees topic for details. You can delete employees’ records by clicking on the ‘Archive’ link. See the Archive Employee Record topic for details. You can edit employee details by double clicking on the employee record, in Employee Management home page. See the Edit Employee Record topic for details. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Employee Management page. EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Employee Management in HRM is designed to view your own employees, who are created by you through Hiring Management as well as remaining employees in the organization. Once you forward the candidate’s record to hire, that candidate will become employee of the organization. You can see the hired persons in Employee Management. This Employee Management section contains Approvals, Export, Send Mail and Delete links. HR administrator can approve or reject the updated profiles of the employees through the Employee Management screen. You can also send mails to the employees of the organization from Employee Management screen. ACTIVITIES TAB The activities tab, as the name imply, allows you to organize certain activities with the selected employee. To assign activities to an employee, double click on required employee, from the Employee Management Home page. Result: The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Employee screen, with four tabs. Clicking on the activities tab refreshes the screen by displaying Employee Activities screen. The Employee Activities screen displays the communication and activities history items with the selected employee. You can add and edit documents, tasks, appointments and also send mails to selected employees from Employee activities window. EDIT EMPLOYEE RECORD Double click on the employee record you wish to modify. The Edit Employee details screen opens up with 4 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities. The Profile data tab and HR Data tab have sub tabs. You can do modifications in any of the sub tab screens of Profile data tab and HR Data tab and click on the ‘Update’ link. To upload a resume, click on the Resume tab and upload the resume, by clicking on the ‘Browse’ button and click on the ‘Upload Resume’ link. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close edit employee window and return to home page. Terminated Functionality In HRM > Employee Management, when you open an employee record and go to HR Data Tab and click on the Compensation Tab. The screen refreshes by displaying the compensation screen as shown below: Selecting the Terminated check box in the above screen displays the Notes pop up screen as shown below: The above screen allows you to create a new terminated event that will be tracked into Activities. You can add the notes that will be saved in CRM->Candidates notes section. Click on the edit list link, if you want to edit the candidate status. Refer to the Edit List topic for more details. The Candidate Status field displays the current status of the Candidate that is pulled from Candidate Status field in CRM. The Candidate Status field is editable. Enter the notes in the fields provided and click on the ‘Add’ link. The screen refreshes by adding the notes to the CRM – Candidates notes section and also creates an event activity in candidate’s activities. Click on the Cancel link to cancel and return back to Compensation screen. Deselecting the Terminated check box also displays the notes pop up screen and creates an event. View Employee Assignments: If the employee has multiple assignments, then you can view all his assignments in the Assignments tab. To view the list of assignments that an employee has, just open the employee record by double clicking and go to HR Data tab and select the Assignment tab. The Assignment tab is displayed as shown below: The Assignments tab displays the list of assignments that an employee has. The Assignment Type is a drop list which shows the type of the assignment. You can also create a new assignment by clicking on the ‘New Assignment‘ link available beside the drop list. The screen refreshes by displaying the New Assignment screen. You can enter the details of the new assignment and save it. The added assignment details are displayed in the calendar section of the Assignments tab. All the current assignments for the employee are displayed in the week calendar section of the assignments screen. You can click on the individual assignment name link and view the details of that particular assignment. Below the assignment name link, you will find the start date and end date or expected end date of the assignment. If the assignment has end date, then it will display the end date, else it displays the expected end date. If both the end date and expected end date are not available for the assignment, then it displays the status as ‘Unspecified’. You can view the list of closed assignments at the bottom of the assignment screen. If there are no cancelled or closed assignments, the system displays “No closed/cancel assignments” in the Closed/Cancel Assignments section. You will also find the Need Approval Assignments as shown in the above screen. You can see the list of all assignments that needs approval in the Accounting – Assignments. The information displayed in the “Need Approval Assignments” section is not editable. In HRM – Hiring Management, when you hire a candidate, the default Assignment Type and Job Type for the hired candidate in HRM – Employee Management – HR Data Tab – Assignments screen  will be “Administrative Staff” and “Internal Direct”respectively. Note: When you change the assignment type to: On Bench for an employee, the system will display the following message: Administrative Staff for an employee, the system will display the following message: Select Assignment Type for an employee, the system will display the following message:   Benefits Tab Once the benefits are defined by the HR administrator in the Benefits section, then those benefits will be applicable for all the employees of the organization. You can view the list of benefits created by the HR Administrator for the employees of the organization. By default the Max Allowed, Previous Earnings, Earned, Used and Available text boxes for each earned benefit will be 0 in the Earned Benefit section in the Benefits tab. The text boxes available under the Max Allowed column will display the total number of hours the employee can accrue during a year. When the user selects the any of the “Earned Benefit” by selecting the check box option, the corresponding text boxes for that benefit will be enabled and the user can enter the benefits manually. The Max Allowed field displays the number that is extracted from the HRM->Benefits->Earned Benefits section. Earned benefits will be calculated as follows: Previous Earnings + Earn – Used = Available The user can enter only the previous earnings manually; rest of the benefits will be calculated based on the time sheet approved hours. The Accrual Start Date field will be a text box with a calendar icon beside the text box. By default, the Accrual Start Date will be the first day of the current calendar year (1st January 2009). When the user moves between the Benefits Tab and Compensation Tab screens by changing the No Timesheet option, the Accrual Start Date will be changed to current day of the year. Earned can be a calculated or manually entered field of how many units that employee earned towards that benefit. (Prv. Earned + Earned (–) Used = Available), where Earned = Time Sheet Hours (On Assignment) multiplied by Accrual Rate per Hour Accrual Rate per hour will be specified while adding earned benefits in the Benefits section. Used field displays the number of hours the Employee put towards that benefit in their Time Sheet. When the user updates the Earned and Used textboxes with the selected hours in the Benefits Tab with No Timesheet option selected in the Compensation Tab screen and if the user moves back to Compensation tab screen and clears the No Timesheet option, then the system will populate “0” in the Earned and Used textboxes that are updated earlier. The user can now click on the calendar icon to specify the accrual date. All the earnings will be calculated from the Accrual Start Date. If the user selects the Use Over/Double Hours check box option, then the earned benefits will be calculated based on the Over and Double hours specified by the user in the timesheets. Roll Over Functionality: To set the “Roll Over” option, the user can select corresponding checkbox option available for each earned benefit in the Benefits Tab screen. The system displays the following message: If you select “Roll Over” option for the employee, then the earned and used benefits will reset to “0” and available earned hours will move to “Prv. Earnings” on the last day of the current year.   Note: In HRM – Employee Management –  HR Data –  Benefits – Here two sections are shown: Earned benefits and Other benefits. Other benefits have ‘Edit’ link where user can edit the details. This updates reflects only for that particular employee. You will also have the checkbox to select earned benefits and other benefits. Whatever the earned benefits records are checked and updated, those will appear in HR Data – Compensation screen for entering corresponding Rates. Example: If Holiday is checked in Benefits screen, you can see a row ‘Holiday’ for entering rate. You will also find ‘Pay rate based on Assignments’ and ‘Separate check’ checkboxes too. ARCHIVE EMPLOYEE RECORD You can remove the employee records temporarily or permanently from your existing active record list. The records removed from Employee Management screen are available in View Archive Employees screen. Archive an Employee Select the employee record you want to archive and click on the ‘Archive’ link. Result: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:   I. If the employee that you intend to archive is connected to other roles/functions in the application such as CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed. If you select the ‘CRM Candidate Record‘ check box option and click on the ‘Archive’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates and Employee Management respectively. If you select the ‘Address Book Record’ check box option and click on the ‘Archive’ button. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the Address Book Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Collaboration->Address Book and Employee Management respectively. If you select both the options that is CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record and click on the ‘Archive’ link. Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates, Address Book and Employee Management respectively. II. If the employee that you intend to archive has no connection with other roles/functions in the application such as CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:   Click on the‘Archive’ link to archive the selected employee.Result: The screen refreshes by archiving the selected employee record to Employee View Archive page. Click on the‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to Employee Management home page. Make Available an Employee Select the record you want to make available and click on the ‘Make Available’ link. Result: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:   Click on the‘Available’ link to make available the selected employee.Result: The screen refreshes by making available the selected employee to Employee Management home page. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to cancel and return to Employee Management View Archive page. SEND EMAIL TO EMPLOYEES You can use the E-Mail activity to communicate with the selected employee and manage these communications. Select the employees; you want to send mail, by checking the respective check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the Send Mail link. Result: The Compose pop up window opens up. You can add attachments or documents using Manage Attachments link. You can delete the attachments using Remove link, in the compose screen. EXPORT EMPLOYEES the employees, by selecting the respective check boxes adjacent to their names. By default, the employee details are saved in the excel sheet. 1. Select the employees, by checking the respective check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the ‘Export’ link. The File Download window is displayed. 2. Click on the ‘Save’ link to save the file in the required path. 3. Click on the ‘Open’ link to open the file. 4. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the file download dialogue box. APPROVALS OF EMPLOYEES In Approvals screen, you can view all the updated profiles of the employees of your organization. HR administrator can approve/reject the updated profiles sent by the corresponding employee. Employees can update the details through his/her My Profile. You can view these modified records in the Employee Management>> Approvals. Employees can update personal information/contact information or any other information under any menu in My Profile. Click on the ‘Approvals’ link. The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the employee records, who have updated their profiles. HR administrator can approve or reject the modified details of the employees by double clicking on the selected employee record. Result: A new pop up window opens up with 3 links: Approve, Reject and Close. The screen has both actual data and the new updated data for comparison, for approval or rejection. 1. Enter the reasons for approving or rejecting in the Notes textarea. 2. Click on the ‘Approve’ link to approve the employee information. 3. Click on the ‘Reject’ link to reject the employee information. 4. Click on the ‘Close’ link to close the window <p><span style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT HOME PAGE</b></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; line-height: 1.3;">Select the HRM &gt; Employee Management link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Management home page.</span><br></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>In the Employee Management Home Page, you can view all the active employees’ records. You can create your employees through Hiring Management. You can view the updated employee’s profiles approved by the HR administrator.</li> <li>The Employee Management Home Page has the following columns: First Name, Last Name, Employee ID, Phone, Email, Job Status, Type,Status, Created By, Modified By, Created Date and Modified Date. Each column have their corresponding record details.</li> <li>The <i>Status</i> column is a drop list having three options: <i>All, Active</i> and <i>Terminated</i>.</li> <li>From the Employee Management home page, you can view the employees, who have updated their profiles by clicking on the <b>‘Approve’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Approvals_of_Employee.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Approvals of Employee</a> </b>topic for details.</li> <li>You can export the employees’ records by clicking on the <b>‘Export’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Export_Employees.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Export Employees</a></b> topic for details.</li> <li>Also from the Employee Management Home Page, you can send emails to other employees in the organization by clicking on the <b>‘Send Mail’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Send_email_to_Employees.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Send email to Employees</a> </b>topic for details.</li> <li>You can delete employees’ records by clicking on the <b>‘Archive’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Archive_Employee_Record.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Archive Employee Record</a> </b>topic for details.</li> <li>You can edit employee details by double clicking on the employee record, in Employee Management home page. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Employee_Record.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Employee Record</a></b> topic for details.</li> <li>See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Paging options</a></b> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Employee Management page.</li> </ol> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: x-large;"><b><br></b></span></p> <p><span style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT</b></span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-size: 12px; line-height: 1.3;">Employee Management in HRM is designed to view your own employees, who are created by you through Hiring Management as well as remaining employees in the organization. Once you forward the candidate’s record to hire, that candidate will become employee of the organization. You can see the hired persons in Employee Management. This Employee Management section contains Approvals, Export, Send Mail and Delete links. HR administrator can approve or reject the updated profiles of the employees through the Employee Management screen. You can also send mails to the employees of the organization from Employee Management screen.</span><br></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"><br></span></p> <p><span style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>ACTIVITIES TAB</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The activities tab, as the name imply, allows you to organize certain activities with the selected employee. To assign activities to an employee, double click on required employee, from the Employee Management Home page. Result: The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the Edit Employee screen, with four tabs. Clicking on the activities tab refreshes the screen by displaying Employee Activities screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The Employee Activities screen displays the communication and activities history items with the selected employee.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can add and edit documents, tasks, appointments and also send mails to selected employees from Employee activities window.</p> <p><br></p> <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EDIT EMPLOYEE RECORD</b></span></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Double click on the employee record you wish to modify. The Edit Employee details screen opens up with 4 tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities.</li> <li>The Profile data tab and HR Data tab have sub tabs.</li> <li>You can do modifications in any of the sub tab screens of Profile data tab and HR Data tab and click on the <b>‘Update’</b> link.</li> <li>To upload a resume, click on the Resume tab and upload the resume, by clicking on the ‘<b>Browse’</b> button and click on the <b>‘Upload Resume’</b> link.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link to close edit employee window and return to home page.</li> </ol> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: small;"><br></b></h6> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b style="font-size: small; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">Terminated Functionality</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In <b>HRM &gt; Employee Management</b>, when you open an employee record and go to HR Data Tab and click on the <b>Compensation</b> Tab. The screen refreshes by displaying the compensation screen as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013115978/original/Compensation.PNG?1430318298" class="inline-image" data-id="4013115978" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Selecting the <b>Terminated</b> check box in the above screen displays the <b>Notes</b> pop up screen as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="269" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/image1.jpg" alt="" width="422px" height="171px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <br><ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>The above screen allows you to create a new terminated event that will be tracked into Activities.</li> <li>You can add the notes that will be saved in CRM-&gt;Candidates notes section. Click on the <b>edit list</b> link, if you want to edit the candidate status. Refer to the <a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_List.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit List</a> topic for more details.</li> <li>The <i>Candidate Status</i> field displays the current status of the Candidate that is pulled from Candidate Status field in CRM.</li> <li>The <i>Candidate Status</i> field is editable.</li> <li>Enter the notes in the fields provided and click on the ‘<b>Add’</b> link. The screen refreshes by adding the notes to the CRM – Candidates notes section and also creates an event activity in candidate’s activities.</li> <li>Click on the <b>Cancel</b> link to cancel and return back to Compensation screen.</li> <li>Deselecting the Terminated check box also displays the notes pop up screen and creates an event.</li> </ol> <h6 style="font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-size: small; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>View Employee Assignments:</b></span></h6> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>If the employee has multiple assignments, then you can view all his assignments in the Assignments tab.</li> <li>To view the list of assignments that an employee has, just open the employee record by double clicking and go to HR Data tab and select the Assignment tab. The Assignment tab is displayed as shown below:</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <table cellspacing="0" width="586" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/EM-Assignments_Tab.jpg" alt="" width="962px" height="441px" style="cursor: default;"> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>The Assignments tab displays the list of assignments that an employee has.</li> <li>The <i>Assignment Type</i> is a drop list which shows the type of the assignment.</li> <li>You can also create a new assignment by clicking on the ‘<b>New Assignment</b>‘ link available beside the drop list. The screen refreshes by displaying the New Assignment screen.</li> <li>You can enter the details of the new assignment and save it. The added assignment details are displayed in the calendar section of the Assignments tab.</li> <li>All the current assignments for the employee are displayed in the week calendar section of the assignments screen.</li> <li>You can click on the individual assignment name link and view the details of that particular assignment.</li> <li>Below the assignment name link, you will find the start date and end date or expected end date of the assignment.</li> <li>If the assignment has end date, then it will display the end date, else it displays the expected end date. If both the end date and expected end date are not available for the assignment, then it displays the status as <b>‘Unspecified’</b>.</li> <li>You can view the list of closed assignments at the bottom of the assignment screen. If there are no cancelled or closed assignments, the system displays <b>“No closed/cancel assignments”</b> in the <b>Closed/Cancel Assignments</b> section.</li> <li>You will also find the Need Approval Assignments as shown in the above screen. You can see the list of all assignments that needs approval in the <b>Accounting – Assignments</b>. The information displayed in the “<b>Need Approval Assignments</b>” section is not editable.</li> <li>In <b>HRM – Hiring Management</b>, when you hire a candidate, the default <b>Assignment Type</b> and <b>Job Type</b> for the hired candidate in <b>HRM – Employee Management – HR Data Tab – Assignments</b> screen  will be “<b>Administrative Staff”</b> and “<b>Internal Direct”</b>respectively.</li> </ol> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b><br></b></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b>Note:</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">When you change the assignment type to:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>On Bench</b> for an employee, the system will display the following message:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="625" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Alert1.gif" alt="" width="800px" height="125px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Administrative Staff</b> for an employee, the system will display the following message:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="754" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Alert2.gif" alt="" width="784px" height="127px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b><br></b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Select Assignment Type</b> for an employee, the system will display the following message:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="526" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Alert3.gif" alt="" width="773px" height="126px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b>Benefits Tab</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Once the benefits are defined by the HR administrator in the Benefits section, then those benefits will be applicable for all the employees of the organization.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="724" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Updates_to_Benefits.gif" alt="" width="938px" height="439px" style="cursor: default;"> </td></tr></tbody></table> <br> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>You can view the list of benefits created by the HR Administrator for the employees of the organization.</li> <li>By default the Max Allowed, Previous Earnings, Earned, Used and Available text boxes for each earned benefit will be 0 in the Earned Benefit section in the Benefits tab.</li> <li>The text boxes available under the Max Allowed column will display the total number of hours the employee can accrue during a year.</li> <li>When the user selects the any of the “Earned Benefit” by selecting the check box option, the corresponding text boxes for that benefit will be enabled and the user can enter the benefits manually.</li> <li>The Max Allowed field displays the number that is extracted from the HRM-&gt;Benefits-&gt;Earned Benefits section.</li> <li>Earned benefits will be calculated as follows: <b>Previous Earnings + Earn – Used = Available</b> </li> <li>The user can enter only the previous earnings manually; rest of the benefits will be calculated based on the time sheet approved hours.</li> <li>The Accrual Start Date field will be a text box with a calendar icon beside the text box. By default, the Accrual Start Date will be the first day of the current calendar year (1st January 2009). When the user moves between the Benefits Tab and Compensation Tab screens by changing the No Timesheet option, the Accrual Start Date will be changed to current day of the year.</li> <li>Earned can be a calculated or manually entered field of how many units that employee earned towards that benefit.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>(Prv. Earned + Earned (–) Used = Available),</b> where</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li> <b>Earned</b> = <b>Time Sheet Hours (On Assignment)</b> multiplied by <b>Accrual Rate per Hour</b> </li> <li> <b>Accrual Rate</b> per hour will be specified while adding earned benefits in the Benefits section.</li> <li> <b>Used</b> field displays the number of hours the Employee put towards that benefit in their Time Sheet.</li> </ul> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>When the user updates the Earned and Used textboxes with the selected hours in the Benefits Tab with No Timesheet option selected in the Compensation Tab screen and if the user moves back to Compensation tab screen and clears the No Timesheet option, then the system will populate “0” in the Earned and Used textboxes that are updated earlier.</li> <li>The user can now click on the calendar icon to specify the accrual date. All the earnings will be calculated from the Accrual Start Date.</li> <li>If the user selects the Use Over/Double Hours check box option, then the earned benefits will be calculated based on the Over and Double hours specified by the user in the timesheets.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Roll Over Functionality:</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>To set the “Roll Over” option, the user can select corresponding checkbox option available for each earned benefit in the Benefits Tab screen. The system displays the following message:</li></ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <table cellspacing="0" width="181" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/image3.gif" alt="" width="448px" height="258px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <br> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>If you select “Roll Over” option for the employee, then the earned and used benefits will reset to “0” and available earned hours will move to “Prv. Earnings” on the last day of the current year.</li></ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note:</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>In <b>HRM – Employee Management –  HR Data –  Benefits</b> – Here two sections are shown: <b>Earned benefits</b> and <b>Other benefits.</b> </li> <li>Other benefits have <b>‘Edit’</b> link where user can edit the details. This updates reflects only for that particular employee.</li> <li>You will also have the checkbox to select earned benefits and other benefits.</li> <li>Whatever the earned benefits records are checked and updated, those will appear in <b>HR Data – Compensation</b> screen for entering corresponding Rates.</li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Example:</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">If Holiday is checked in Benefits screen, you can see a row ‘Holiday’ for entering rate. You will also find ‘Pay rate based on Assignments’ and ‘Separate check’ checkboxes too.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>ARCHIVE EMPLOYEE RECORD</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can remove the employee records temporarily or permanently from your existing active record list. The records removed from Employee Management screen are available in View Archive Employees screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b>Archive an Employee</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the employee record you want to archive and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="354" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/image1.gif" alt="" width="580px" height="300px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">I. If the employee that you intend to archive is connected to other roles/functions in the application such as CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the above screen will be displayed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>If you select the ‘<b>CRM Candidate Record</b>‘ check box option and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates and Employee Management respectively.</li> <li>If you select the ‘<b>Address Book Record’</b> check box option and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> button. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the Address Book Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Collaboration-&gt;Address Book and Employee Management respectively.</li> <li>If you select both the options that is CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record and click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record along with the Employee Record and displays the record(s) in the View Archive screens of Candidates, Address Book and Employee Management respectively.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">II. If the employee that you intend to archive has no connection with other roles/functions in the application such as CRM Candidate Record and Address Book Record, then the following screen will be displayed as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="368" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%" class="current"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Archive_Employee1.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="194px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <br> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Click on the<b>‘Archive’</b> link to archive the selected employee.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by archiving the selected employee record to Employee View Archive page.</li> <li>Click on the<b>‘Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to Employee Management home page.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><b>Make Available an Employee</b></h6> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the record you want to make available and click on the <b>‘Make Available’</b> link. <i>Result</i>: You are prompted to respond to an alert message as shown below:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="352" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/MA-Employee1.gif" alt="" width="500px" height="192px" style="cursor: default;">  </td></tr></tbody></table> <br> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Click on the<b>‘Available’</b> link to make available the selected employee.<i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by making available the selected employee to Employee Management home page.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Cancel’</b> link to cancel and return to Employee Management View Archive page.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">SEND EMAIL TO EMPLOYEES</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can use the E-Mail activity to communicate with the selected employee and manage these communications. Select the employees; you want to send mail, by checking the respective check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the <b>Send Mail</b> link. Result: The Compose pop up window opens up. You can add attachments or documents using Manage Attachments link. You can delete the attachments using Remove link, in the compose screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EXPORT EMPLOYEES</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">the employees, by selecting the respective check boxes adjacent to their names. By default, the employee details are saved in the excel sheet.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/export-applicant-data1.jpg" rel="lightbox[3010]" title="export applicant data" style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="export applicant data" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/export-applicant-data1-598x328.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="328" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the employees, by checking the respective check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the ‘<b>Export’</b> link. The File Download window is displayed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Save’</b> link to save the file in the required path.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Open’</b> link to open the file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to close the file download dialogue box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">APPROVALS OF EMPLOYEES</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In Approvals screen, you can view all the updated profiles of the employees of your organization. HR administrator can approve/reject the updated profiles sent by the corresponding employee. Employees can update the details through his/her My Profile. You can view these modified records in the Employee Management&gt;&gt; Approvals.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Employees can update personal information/contact information or any other information under any menu in My Profile.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the <b>‘Approvals’</b> link. The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the employee records, who have updated their profiles.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="603" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/approvals-of-employee.jpg" rel="lightbox[3007]" title="approvals of employee" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="approvals of employee" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/approvals-of-employee-598x359.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="359" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">HR administrator can approve or reject the modified details of the employees by double clicking on the selected employee record. <i>Result</i>: A new pop up window opens up with 3 links: Approve, Reject and Close. The screen has both actual data and the new updated data for comparison, for approval or rejection.</p> <table cellspacing="0" width="602" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/approve-employee-records.jpg" rel="lightbox[3007]" title="approve employee records" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="approve employee records" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/approve-employee-records-598x307.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="307" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Enter the reasons for approving or rejecting in the Notes textarea.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Approve’</b> link to approve the employee information.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Reject’</b> link to reject the employee information.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Close’</b> link to close the window</p> </div> 266156 860 4000009460 2015-04-29T10:45:12-04:00 8 2 3 0 HRM - Employee Management 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:32:46-04:00 0 0 EMPLOYEE REVIEW HOMEPAGE Select the HRM > Employee Review link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Review home page. In the Employee Review Home Page, you can view all the active records of employees, who need to be reviewed, based on the review period. If the review period is zero, it means the candidate became a permanent employee of the organization and HR administrator can assign the assignments to those employees. In the Employee Review Home Page, you can find the following: 1. The Employee Review Home Page has the following columns: First Name, Last Name, Skills, Phone, Email, Job Status and Type. Each column has their corresponding record details 2. From the Employee Review home page, you can view all the employees’ records, which are slotted for review. 3. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Employee Review page. REVIEWING EMPLOYEES HR administrator can review the employees by double clicking on the desired employee record in Employee Review screen.   In the above screen, by default, you can view the Employee Id. The Job Type field displays the job type of the employee. Select the name of the department from the Department drop down list. If the department is not present in the drop down list, click on the ‘New Department‘ link to add a new department. See the Add Department topic for more details. Enter the title of the department in the Title textbox. Select Month, Day and Year from the Date of Hire drop down list. Alternatively, you can click on the calendar icon to specify the Date of Hire. Select the location from the Location drop down list. If the location is not present in the drop down list, click on the ‘New‘ link to add a new location. See the Add Location topic for more details. To edit any location details, select the location from drop down list and click on the ‘Edit’link. See the Edit Location topic for more details. Enter the pay rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the Pay Rate field. Enter the overtime rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the Overtime Rate field. Enter the bench rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the Bench Rate field. Specify the employee working hours as Full time/Part time/Custom by selecting the required option from the Hours field. If you select the ‘Full Time‘ option from the drop down list of Hours field, then a time schedule of 9.00am to 5.00pm will be displayed by default for the five days of the week from Monday to Friday. If you select the ‘Part Time‘ option from the drop down list of Hours field, the daily time schedule for the days of the week will not be displayed by default. You can also modify and specify the position working time for respective days of the week, by selecting from the respective drop down lists available. Click on the  calendar icon at the bottom row, to specify a date. Automatically the day will be selected in the day drop down list. Specify the working time from the respective drop down lists. Click on the ‘Add Row‘ link to add additional rows for the selected days of the week. To delete a row, you can check the corresponding check boxes situated at the end of each day row, and click on the ‘delete selected’ link. Result: The Schedule section refreshes by deleting the checked day rows You can also specify the employee working time from the respective drop down lists available. Enter the review period in the Review Period text box. Enter the salary increment in the Increment text box. Enter the bonus in the Bonus text box. Click on the ‘Review Completed’ link to save and signify the completion of the employee review process. Result: The Compensation screen refreshes by removing the employee review record from the employee review home page. To close the employee review compensation window, click on the ‘Close‘ link. EMPLOYEE REVIEW Employee Review screen in HRM allows the user to view the employees, who are pending for review. The system draws the employee records, which are pending for approval. System automatically displays the employees, who need to be reviewed based on their review period. Review period is zero means the employee completed his probationary period or the employee is ready to take the new assignment. HR administrator can approve or reject the employee records slotted for review. HR administrator can edit the compensation details of the employee in Employee Review screen. The compensation details updated here are automatically displayed in Employee Management section for the selected employee. EDIT LOCATION Click on the ‘Edit‘ link in the Employee Review screen, to edit the selected location details. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the below screen. Modify the necessary details. Click on the ‘Update‘ link to save the updated changes. Result: The screen refreshes by saving the details. To close the window, click on the ‘Close’ link. ADD LOCATION Click on the ‘New‘ link in the Employee Review screen, to add a new location. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the below screen. To add a new location: Enter the Heading in the Heading text box. For Instance, you can enter as Contact Address. Enter the company name in the Company Name text box. Enter the branch’s mailing address in the Mailing Address1 text box. Enter the branch’s alternative mailing address in the Mailing Address2 text box. Enter the names of the city and state in the City and State text boxes respectively. Select the country name from the Country drop down list. Enter zip code in the Zip text box. Enter the contact number for specified address in the Phone number text box. Enter the branch’s fax number in the Fax Number text box. Enter the e-mail address in the E-Mail Address text box. Enter any other contact number in Other text box. Enter the Display Index number in Display Index text box. Enable the “Display on contact us” check box to display this location address in Contact us section on organization site. Click on the ‘Save’ link to save the location details. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Locations home page with the newly added location details. To close the window, click on the ‘Close‘ link. TRACKING EMPLOYEE FOR REVIEW You can follow the below procedure to track the employees for review. Select the HRM > Employee Management link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Management home page. Double click on the required employee record in the Employee Management home page>>click on HR Data tab>>click on the Compensation tab, and modify the review period in the Review Period text box. Click on the ‘Update’ link to save the changes. Result: The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the updated employee record. If the review period falls in the current date period, then the employee record is reflected in Employee Review home page. If the review period is zero, it means the candidate became a permanent employee of the organization and HR administrator can assign the assignments to those employees. <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EMPLOYEE REVIEW HOMEPAGE</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the HRM &gt; Employee Review link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Review home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Employee Review Home Page, you can view all the active records of employees, who need to be reviewed, based on the review period. If the review period is zero, it means the candidate became a permanent employee of the organization and HR administrator can assign the assignments to those employees.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Employee Review Home Page, you can find the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Employee Review Home Page has the following columns: First Name, Last Name, Skills, Phone, Email, Job Status and Type. Each column has their corresponding record details</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>From the Employee Review home page, you can view all the employees’ records, which are slotted for review.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Paging options</a></b> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Employee Review page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 1.3; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>REVIEWING EMPLOYEES</b></span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;">HR administrator can review the employees by double clicking on the desired employee record in Employee Review screen.</span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;"><br></span></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"> <a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/reviewing-employees.jpg" rel="lightbox[1374]" title="reviewing employees" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);"><img title="reviewing employees" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/reviewing-employees-598x320.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="320" style="cursor: default;"></a> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b></b></p> </td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol> <li>In the above screen, by default, you can view the <i>Employee Id.</i> </li> <li>The <i>Job Type</i> field displays the job type of the employee.</li> <li>Select the name of the department from the <i>Department</i> drop down list.</li> <li>If the department is not present in the drop down list, click on the ‘<b>New Department</b>‘ link to add a new department. See the <b><a href="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_Department.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add Department</a></b> topic for more details.</li> <li>Enter the title of the department in the <i>Title</i> textbox.</li> <li>Select Month, Day and Year from the <i>Date of Hire</i> drop down list.</li> <li>Alternatively, you can click on the calendar<img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/calendar_icon.jpg" alt="" width="20px" height="20px" style="cursor: default;"> icon to specify the Date of Hire.</li> <li>Select the location from the <i>Location</i> drop down list.</li> <li>If the location is not present in the drop down list, click on the ‘<b>New</b>‘ link to add a new location. See the <b><a href="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_Location.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add Location</a></b> topic for more details<i>.</i> </li> <li>To edit any location details, select the location from drop down list and click on the <b>‘Edit’</b>link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Location_details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Location</a></b> topic for more details.</li> <li>Enter the pay rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the <i>Pay Rate</i> field.</li> <li>Enter the overtime rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the <i>Overtime Rate</i> field.</li> <li>Enter the bench rate in the given text box and specify the pay frequency and currency type from the respective drop down lists in the <i>Bench Rate</i> field.</li> <li>Specify the employee working hours as Full time/Part time/Custom by selecting the required option from the <i>Hours</i> field.</li> <li>If you select the ‘<b>Full Time</b>‘ option from the drop down list of <i>Hours</i> field, then a time schedule of 9.00am to 5.00pm will be displayed by default for the five days of the week from Monday to Friday.</li> <li>If you select the ‘<b>Part Time</b>‘ option from the drop down list of Hours field, the daily time schedule for the days of the week will not be displayed by default.</li> <li>You can also modify and specify the position working time for respective days of the week, by selecting from the respective drop down lists available.</li> <li>Click on the <img src="https://appserver3.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/calendar_icon.jpg" alt="" width="18px" height="16px"> calendar icon at the bottom row, to specify a date. Automatically the day will be selected in the day drop down list. Specify the working time from the respective drop down lists.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Add Row</b>‘ link to add additional rows for the selected days of the week.</li> <li>To delete a row, you can check the corresponding check boxes situated at the end of each day row, and click on the ‘delete selected’ link. <i>Result</i>: The Schedule section refreshes by deleting the checked day rows</li> <li>You can also specify the employee working time from the respective drop down lists available.</li> <li>Enter the review period in the <i>Review Period</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the salary increment in the <i>Increment</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the bonus in the <i>Bonus</i> text box.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Review Completed’</b> link to save and signify the completion of the employee review process. Result: The Compensation screen refreshes by removing the employee review record from the employee review home page.</li> <li>To close the employee review compensation window, click on the ‘<b>Close</b>‘ link.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EMPLOYEE REVIEW</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Employee Review screen in HRM allows the user to view the employees, who are pending for review. The system draws the employee records, which are pending for approval. System automatically displays the employees, who need to be reviewed based on their review period. Review period is zero means the employee completed his probationary period or the employee is ready to take the new assignment.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">HR administrator can approve or reject the employee records slotted for review. HR administrator can edit the compensation details of the employee in Employee Review screen. The compensation details updated here are automatically displayed in Employee Management section for the selected employee.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>EDIT LOCATION</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the ‘<b>Edit</b>‘ link in the Employee Review screen, to edit the selected location details. <i>Result:</i> The screen refreshes by displaying the below screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="626" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74); text-align: center;"><b><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/edit-location.jpg" rel="lightbox[3038]" title="edit location" style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="edit location" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/edit-location-598x322.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="322" style="cursor: default;"></a></b></p></td></tr></tbody></table> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Modify the necessary details.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Update</b>‘ link to save the updated changes. <i>Result:</i> The screen refreshes by saving the details.</li> <li>To close the window, click on the ‘<b>Close’</b> link.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>ADD LOCATION</b></span></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click on the ‘<b>New</b>‘ link in the Employee Review screen, to add a new location. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by displaying the below screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <table cellspacing="0" width="604" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><a href="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/add-location.jpg" rel="lightbox[3035]" title="add location" style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><img title="add location" src="http://help.akken.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/add-location-598x340.jpg" alt="" width="598" height="340" style="cursor: default;"></a></td></tr></tbody></table> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br></h6> <h6 style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman';"> <b>To add a new location</b>:</h6> <ol style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Enter the Heading in the <i>Heading</i> text box. For Instance, you can enter as Contact Address.</li> <li>Enter the company name in the <i>Company Name</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the branch’s mailing address in the <i>Mailing Address1</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the branch’s alternative mailing address in the <i>Mailing Address2</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the names of the city and state in the <i>City</i> and <i>State</i> text boxes respectively.</li> <li>Select the country name from the <i>Country</i> drop down list.</li> <li>Enter zip code in the <i>Zip</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the contact number for specified address in the <i>Phone number</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the branch’s fax number in the <i>Fax Number</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the e-mail address in the <i>E-Mail Address</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter any other contact number in <i>Other</i> text box.</li> <li>Enter the Display Index number in <i>Display Index</i> text box.</li> <li>Enable the “<b>Display on contact us</b>” check box to display this location address in Contact us section on organization site.</li> <li>Click on the ‘<b>Save</b>’ link to save the location details. <i>Result</i>: The screen refreshes by displaying the Locations home page with the newly added location details.</li> <li>To close the window, click on the ‘<b>Close</b>‘ link.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> </div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">TRACKING EMPLOYEE FOR REVIEW</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can follow the below procedure to track the employees for review.</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>Select the HRM &gt; Employee Management link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Employee Management home page.</li></ol> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Double click on the required employee record in the Employee Management home page&gt;&gt;click on HR Data tab&gt;&gt;click on the Compensation tab, and modify the review period in the Review Period text box. Click on the <b>‘Update’ </b>link to save the changes. Result: The Employee Management screen refreshes by displaying the updated employee record.</li> <li>If the review period falls in the current date period, then the employee record is reflected in Employee Review home page.</li> <li>If the review period is zero, it means the candidate became a permanent employee of the organization and HR administrator can assign the assignments to those employees.</li> </ol> </div> 266156 437 4000009464 2015-04-29T16:50:52-04:00 9 2 0 0 HRM - Employee Review 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:42:48-04:00 1 2 BENEFITS  In the Benefits screen, you can view the list of benefits that are created by the HR administrator for the employees of the organization. Once the benefits are prepared, the same benefits are applicable to all the employees in the organization. Any changes that are made in the Benefits screen will automatically affect all the employees in the organization. You can view Earned Benefits and Other Benefits in the Benefits screen. BENEFITS HOME PAGE Select the HRM > Benefits link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Benefits home page. In the Benefits Home Page, you can view the Employee’s Earning and Contribution details. HR administrator provides the benefits list to all employees with in the organization. In the Benefits Home Page, you can find the following: 1. The Benefits Home Page displays all the Earnings and Contributions. 2. From the Benefits home page, earnings can be added by clicking on the ‘Add Earned Benefit’ link. See the Add Earned Benefit topic for more details. 3. Contributions can be added by clicking on the ‘Add Other Benefit’ link. See the Add Other Benefit topic for more details. 4. Also, from the Benefits Home Page, the earnings and contributions details can be modified by double clicking the record. See the Edit Earned Benefit and Edit Other Benefit topics for more details. 5. Earnings and contributions records can be deleted, by selecting the records through checking the appropriate check boxes and clicking on the ‘Delete’ link. See the Delete Earning/Other details topic for more details. DELETE EARNED BENEFIT/OTHER BENEFIT DETAILS You can remove Earned Benefit/Other Benefit records permanently from your existing active record list. Select the records you want to delete by selecting the appropriate check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the ‘Delete’ link. Confirm the deletion, in the pop up message. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by deleting the selected benefits from the screen. EDIT OTHER BENEFIT DETAILS You can do the modifications in the Other Benefit section. Double click the other benefit type record from the Benefits screen. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the Edit Other Benefit screen. 1. Modify the other benefit details. 2. Click on the ‘Update’ link to save the changes. 3. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the window. ADD OTHER BENEFIT Other Benefits means savings. Organization provides savings to the employees. The HR administrator deducts a specific amount from the salary of the employee every month and provides benefits such as P.F, L.T.A etc at the end of the financial year. To add other benefits, click on the ‘Add Other Benefit’ link. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the screen to capture other benefit details. Enter the type of benefit in the Item Type text box. Enter the Title and specify the Tax Type in the fields provided. Enter the Total Dollar Amount and specify the Company Contribution and Employee Contribution and also the Dollar Amount Deducted in the respective fields provided. By default, values entered by you in the above fields will be populated in the Employee Management->HR Data->Benefits screen. Enter the amount in the Amount Per Year text box. Enter the amount in the % Amount text box. Click on the ‘Add’ link. Result: The Contribution Type will be added under Benefits list. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to return to previous window. Note: The Total Dollar Amount will display the total amount of money that benefits cost. The Company Contribution field displays the company contribution percentage towards that cost. The Employee Contribution field displays the employee contribution percentage towards that cost. The Company Contribution and Employee Contribution will be always equals to 100%. If the user fills out one, the other will be pre-populated. The Dollar Amount Deducted field displays the calculation of Total Dollar Amount minus Company Contribution. This will display the dollar amount deducted from employees pay. EDIT EARNED BENEFIT DETAILS You can do the modifications in the earning details. Double click the benefit type record from the Benefits screen. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the Edit Earning screen. 1. Modify the benefit details. 2. Click on the ‘Update’ link to save the changes. 3. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the window. ADD EARNED BENEFIT Earnings are the heads, which will bring extra earning to the employees, apart from the regular salary income. To add earning, click on the ‘Add Earned Benefit’ link. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the screen to capture earning details. In the above screen, Benefit Type and Maximum Hours Allowed fields are mandatory. Enter the type of earning in the Benefit Type text box. Enter the earning time in the Maximum Hours Allowed text box. In the Benefit Accrual Rules field, you are required to specify the Accrual Rate Hours allowed for every X (for example:40) hours worked to get the accrual rate per hour. Specify the Accrual Rate hours for every X (for example:40) hours and click onCALCULATE link. The system displays the accrual rate per hour. Click on the ‘Add’ link. Result: The Earning Type will be added under Benefits list. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to return to previous window.   Note: You can add any number of earned benefits. The system now displays the benefits for each employee in the Time Sheets-> Assignment drop-down list based on the earned benefits selected for the employee in the HRM -> Employee Management-> HR Data-> Benefits->Earned Benefits section. The selected benefits for each employee in the Benefits section will be reflected for each employee in the Time Sheets screen. InAccounting->Time Sheets – The Assignments drop-down list will display the employee level benefits. By default, all Earned benefits and Other benefits that are shown in HRM->Benefits section will be shown to all Employees in HR Data->Benefits section. <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">BENEFITS </b></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">In the Benefits screen, you can view the list of benefits that are created by the HR administrator for the employees of the organization. Once the benefits are prepared, the same benefits are applicable to all the employees in the organization. Any changes that are made in the Benefits screen will automatically affect all the employees in the organization. You can view </span><strong style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">Earned Benefits</strong><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"> and </span><strong style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">Other Benefits</strong><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"> in the Benefits screen.</span></p> <p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;"><br></span></p> <p><span style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>BENEFITS HOME PAGE</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the HRM &gt; Benefits link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Benefits home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Benefits Home Page, you can view the Employee’s Earning and Contribution details. HR administrator provides the benefits list to all employees with in the organization.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Benefits Home Page, you can find the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Benefits Home Page displays all the Earnings and Contributions.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>From the Benefits home page, earnings can be added by clicking on the <b>‘Add Earned Benefit’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_Earned_Benefit.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add Earned Benefit</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Contributions can be added by clicking on the <b>‘Add Other Benefit’ </b>link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_Other_Benefit.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add Other Benefit</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Also, from the Benefits Home Page, the earnings and contributions details can be modified by double clicking the record. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Earned_Benefit_Details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Earned Benefit</a></b> and <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Other_Benefit_Details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Other Benefit</a></b> topics for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Earnings and contributions records can be deleted, by selecting the records through checking the appropriate check boxes and clicking on the <b>‘<strong>Delete</strong></b><strong>’</strong> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Delete_Earned_Benefit_Other_Benefit_Details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Delete Earning/Other details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">DELETE EARNED BENEFIT/OTHER BENEFIT DETAILS</b></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>You can remove Earned Benefit/Other Benefit records permanently from your existing active record list.</li> <li>Select the records you want to delete by selecting the appropriate check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the <b>‘Delete’</b> link. Confirm the deletion, in the pop up message. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by deleting the selected benefits from the screen.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EDIT OTHER BENEFIT DETAILS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can do the modifications in the Other Benefit section. Double click the other benefit type record from the Benefits screen. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the Edit Other Benefit screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013128787/original/Edit_Other_Benefit.PNG?1430340875" class="inline-image" data-id="4013128787" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Modify the other benefit details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Update’</b> link to save the changes.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’ link</b><b> </b>to close the window.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADD OTHER BENEFIT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Other Benefits means savings. Organization provides savings to the employees. The HR administrator deducts a specific amount from the salary of the employee every month and provides benefits such as P.F, L.T.A etc at the end of the financial year. To add other benefits, click on the <b>‘Add Other Benefit’ </b>link. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the screen to capture other benefit details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013128980/original/Add_Other_Benefit.PNG?1430341010" class="inline-image" data-id="4013128980" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Enter the type of benefit in the Item Type text box.</li> <li>Enter the <i>Title</i> and specify the <i>Tax Type</i> in the fields provided.</li> <li>Enter the Total Dollar Amount and specify the Company Contribution and Employee Contribution and also the Dollar Amount Deducted in the respective fields provided.</li> <li>By default, values entered by you in the above fields will be populated in the Employee Management-&gt;HR Data-&gt;Benefits screen.</li> <li>Enter the amount in the Amount Per Year text box.</li> <li>Enter the amount in the % Amount text box.</li> <li>Click on the<b> ‘Add’</b> link. Result: The Contribution Type will be added under Benefits list.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to return to previous window.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note:</b></p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>The <b>Total Dollar Amount</b> will display the total amount of money that benefits cost.</li> <li>The <b>Company Contribution</b> field displays the company contribution percentage towards that cost.</li> <li>The <b>Employee Contribution</b> field displays the employee contribution percentage towards that cost.</li> <li>The <b>Company Contribution</b> and <b>Employee Contribution</b> will be always equals to 100%. If the user fills out one, the other will be pre-populated.</li> <li>The <b>Dollar Amount Deducted</b> field displays the calculation of Total Dollar Amount minus Company Contribution. This will display the dollar amount deducted from employees pay.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EDIT EARNED BENEFIT DETAILS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can do the modifications in the earning details. Double click the benefit type record from the Benefits screen. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the Edit Earning screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013129040/original/Edit_Earned_Benefit.PNG?1430341113" class="inline-image" data-id="4013129040" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Modify the benefit details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Update’</b> link to save the changes.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’ link</b> to close the window.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADD EARNED BENEFIT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Earnings are the heads, which will bring extra earning to the employees, apart from the regular salary income. To add earning, click on the <b>‘Add Earned Benefit’ </b>link. Result: The Benefits home page refreshes by displaying the screen to capture earning details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013129054/original/Add_Earned_Benefit.PNG?1430341156" class="inline-image" data-id="4013129054" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>In the above screen, <i>Benefit Type</i> and <i>Maximum Hours Allowed</i> fields are mandatory.</li> <li>Enter the type of earning in the Benefit Type text box.</li> <li>Enter the earning time in the <i>Maximum Hours Allowed</i> text box.</li> <li>In the Benefit Accrual Rules field, you are required to specify the Accrual Rate Hours allowed for every <b>X</b> (for example:40) hours worked to get the accrual rate per hour.</li> <li>Specify the Accrual Rate hours for every<b> X</b> (for example:40) hours and click on<b>CALCULATE</b> link. The system displays the accrual rate per hour.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Add’ </b>link. Result: The Earning Type will be added under Benefits list.</li> <li>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to return to previous window.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Note:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>You can add any number of earned benefits.</li> <li>The system now displays the benefits for each employee in the <b>Time Sheets-&gt; Assignment</b> drop-down list based on the earned benefits selected for the employee in the<b> HRM -&gt; Employee Management-&gt; HR Data-&gt; Benefits-&gt;Earned Benefits</b> section. The selected benefits for each employee in the <b>Benefits</b> section will be reflected for each employee in the <b>Time Sheets</b> screen. In<b>Accounting-&gt;Time Sheets</b> – The <b>Assignments</b> drop-down list will display the employee level benefits.</li> <li>By default, all Earned benefits and Other benefits that are shown in <b>HRM-&gt;Benefits</b> section will be shown to all Employees in <b>HR Data-&gt;Benefits</b> section.</li> </ul> </div> </div> 266156 375 4000009466 2015-04-29T16:59:30-04:00 10 2 1 2 HRM - Benefits 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:52:45-04:00 0 1 DEPARTMENTS Departments’ in HRM is designed to create the various departments depending on the employee’s role and designation in the organization. You can create the new employees under these departments through Hiring Management. In Hiring Management, the HR administrator can assign the employees under departments. You can update the employee details through departments. HR administrator can have the permissions to allocate the employee under the departments and do the modifications in employee details if required. You can move the employees from one department to other departments if required. In this department section you can add, export, rename and remove departments. You can create more than one employee in each department. You can also view the department details in Hiring Management, HRM/Hiring Management/HR Data/Compensation/Department. You can select the required department from the Department drop down list. DEPARTMENT HOME PAGE Select the HRM >> Departments link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Departments home page. In the Departments Home Page, you can view the list of all departments. In the Departments Home Page, you can find the following: 1. The Departments Home Page consists of the following columns: Department Code, Department Name, Parent Department, Location, Class, No. of Employees and Permissions. Each column has their corresponding record details. 2. From the Departments Home Page, you can create new departments by clicking on the ‘Add’ link. See theAdd Department topic for more details. 3. You can export departments’ details by clicking on the ‘Export’ link. See the Export Department topic for more details. 4. The details of available HR persons can be modified by clicking on the ‘Edit Permissions’ link. See the Edit Permissions topic for more details. 5. Also, from the Departments Home Page, you can change the department name by clicking on the ‘Rename’link. See the Rename Department topic for more details. 6. Department records can be deleted by clicking on the ’Remove’ link. See the Remove Department topic for more details. 7. You can edit employee details in a department, from Departments Home Page. See the Edit Employee details topic for more details. 8. Employees in a department can be assigned activities, from Departments Home Page. See the Activities Tab topic for more details. 9. Mails can be sent to employees of a department, through the ‘Send Mail’ link. See the Send Mail topic for more details. 10. Employees can be moved from one department to another department, through the ‘Move’ link. See theMove Employees to other Departments topic for more details. 11. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Departments page. ADD DEPARTMENT To add a new department, do the following: Click Add in the Departments home page. The system displays the Department screen. In the above screen: I. Location: This is a drop-down list. It contains the list of locations created in HRM – Locations section (Add New Location †). All the departments created now will be made available under this location. This is mandatory. † You can add/edit the locations using the edit list link available beside the Location drop-down list. The locations available in the Location drop-down list are shown in the following format: Location Code followed by Location Name. Example: 100 – Nashua HQ II. Class: Using the Class field, the user can specify the class for the department. The default location will be displayed in the Location drop-down list. The user can select the required location for the newly created department.  Based on the location selected, the respective class will be displayed in the Class drop-down list. III. Department Code: This field allows you to enter a 3-digit alphanumeric code for Departments. Department Name and Department Code fields are mandatory. IV. Parent Department: Select the parent department from the Parent Department drop-down list. V. Available HR/Accounting People: This contains the list of all administrative staff employees of the Organization. Once you have specified the required details, click on Save link. A new department is created and displayed in the Departments home page. Click Close to close the Add Department screen. Note: If the user changes the department for any employee in the Departments section, then the system assigns the default company account for the changed employee account. All the active employees who have user accounts with HRM module as preference in Admin->User Management section are shown under ‘Administrative Staff‘. While creating new department, you can select the list of users who can access this department. Based on the department selected, employees will be accessible to the logged in user, provided if the user have proper permission to the respective departments. EXPORT DEPARTMENT To export departments you can select the required departments by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to the names of the department, and click on the ‘Export’ link. Result: The File Download dialogue box opens up. By default the department details are saved in the excel sheet. 1. Click on the ‘Save’ to save the file in the required path. 2. Click on the ‘Open’ to open the file. 3. Click on the ‘Cancel’ to close the File Download dialogue box. EDIT DEPARTMENT The user can now edit the required department using the Edit Department link. To edit a department, do the following: 1. Select the required department you wish to edit and click on Edit Department. The system displays the Edit Department screen. 2. Make the required changes and click on Update to save the new changes. 3. Click on Close to close the Edit Department screen. DELETE DEPARTMENT 1. Select the required department you wish to delete and click on Delete Department. The system displays the Delete Departments screen as shown below: 2. In the above screen, select the required department from the Departments drop-down list and click Delete. All the Accounts and Employees available under the deleted department will be moved to the newly selected department. 3. You can also have an option to move the accounts and employees to the default department by selecting the Yes radio button option. 4. Click Close to close the Delete Departments screen. EDIT EMPLOYEE DETAILS 1. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department. 2. Double clicking on the required employee record, displays the employee details in four tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities. ACTIVITIES TAB appointments and also send mails to selected employees in a department from Departments Home Page. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department. Double click on the required employee record, displays the employee details in four tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities. Click on the Activities Tab to assign activities to the selected employee. SEND MAIL You can use E-Mail activity to communicate with the selected employee and manage these communications. You can directly send an e-mail to the selected employee, by clicking on the ‘Send Mail’ link on the Activities screen of the employee. The Compose pop up window is displayed. You can also send an email to selected employees from Departments Home Page. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department as follows: In the above screen: Select the required employee records, by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the ‘Send Mail’ link. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Compose window. MOVE EMPLOYEES TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS You can move the employees from one department to other departments from Departments Home Page. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department as follows: 1. Select the required employee records, by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to their names. 2. Click on Select Employees to move into another Department drop down list, at the top right corner of the Department page. 3. Choose the Department from the list. 4. Click on the ‘Move’ link. Result: The Department screen refreshes by displaying the Departments home page. 5. Click on the ‘Cancel’ link to close the window and return to previous page. <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">DEPARTMENTS</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.3;">Departments’ in HRM is designed to create the various departments depending on the employee’s role and designation in the organization. You can create the new employees under these departments through Hiring Management. In Hiring Management, the HR administrator can assign the employees under departments. You can update the employee details through departments. HR administrator can have the permissions to allocate the employee under the departments and do the modifications in employee details if required.</span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can move the employees from one department to other departments if required. In this department section you can add, export, rename and remove departments. You can create more than one employee in each department.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can also view the department details in Hiring Management, HRM/Hiring Management/HR Data/Compensation/Department. You can select the required department from the Department drop down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">DEPARTMENT HOME PAGE</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the HRM &gt;&gt; Departments link from menu bar, or from the left menu to display the Departments home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Departments Home Page, you can view the list of all departments.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the Departments Home Page, you can find the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Departments Home Page consists of the following columns: <i>Department Code</i>, Department Name, Parent Department, Location, Class, No. of Employees and Permissions. Each column has their corresponding record details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>From the Departments Home Page, you can create new departments by clicking on the <b>‘Add’</b> link. See the<b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_Department.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add Department</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can export departments’ details by clicking on the <b>‘Export’ </b>link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Export_Department.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Export Department</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The details of available HR persons can be modified by clicking on the <b>‘Edit Permissions’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Permissions.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Permissions</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Also, from the Departments Home Page, you can change the department name by clicking on the <b>‘Rename’</b>link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Rename_Department.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Rename Department</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Department records can be deleted by clicking on the <b>’Remove’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Remove_Department.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Remove Department</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">7.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can edit employee details in a department, from Departments Home Page. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_Employee_details.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit Employee details</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">8.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Employees in a department can be assigned activities, from Departments Home Page. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Activities_Tab.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Activities Tab</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">9.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Mails can be sent to employees of a department, through the <b>‘Send Mail’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Send_Mail1.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Send Mail</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">10.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Employees can be moved from one department to another department, through the <b>‘Move’</b> link. See the<b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Move_Employees_to_other_Departments.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Move Employees to other Departments</a></b> topic for more details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">11.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Paging options</a></b> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the Departments page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADD DEPARTMENT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To add a new department, do the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click <b>Add</b> in the Departments home page. The system displays the Department screen.</p> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910281/original/Departments_-_Add_New.PNG?1429816965" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910281" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the above screen:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>I. Location:</b> This is a drop-down list. It contains the list of locations created in HRM – Locations section (Add New Location †). All the departments created now will be made available under this location. This is mandatory.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">† You can add/edit the locations using the edit list link available beside the Location drop-down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The locations available in the Location drop-down list are shown in the following format: Location Code followed by Location Name.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Example: 100 – Nashua HQ</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>II. Class: </b>Using the Class field, the user can specify the class for the department. The default location will be displayed in the Location drop-down list. The user can select the required location for the newly created department.  Based on the location selected, the respective class will be displayed in the Class drop-down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>III. Department Code</b>: This field allows you to enter a 3-digit alphanumeric code for Departments. Department Name and Department Code fields are mandatory.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>IV. Parent Department:</b> Select the parent department from the <b>Parent Department</b> drop-down list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>V. Available HR/Accounting People:</b> This contains the list of all administrative staff employees of the Organization.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Once you have specified the required details, click on <b>Save</b> link. A new department is created and displayed in the Departments home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Click <b>Close</b> to close the <b>Add Department</b> screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note</b>:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>If the user changes the department for any employee in the Departments section, then the system assigns the default company account for the changed employee account.</li> <li>All the active employees who have user accounts with <b>HRM</b> module as preference in <b>Admin-&gt;User Management</b> section are shown under ‘<b>Administrative Staff</b>‘.</li> <li>While creating new department, you can select the list of users who can access this department. Based on the department selected, employees will be accessible to the logged in user, provided if the user have proper permission to the respective departments.</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EXPORT DEPARTMENT</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To export departments you can select the required departments by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to the names of the department, and click on the <b>‘Export’</b> link. Result: The File Download dialogue box opens up. By default the department details are saved in the excel sheet.</p> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910346/original/Export.PNG?1429817091" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910346" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Save’</b> to save the file in the required path.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the ‘<b>Open’</b> to open the file.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> to close the File Download dialogue box.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EDIT DEPARTMENT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">The user can now edit the required department using the <b>Edit Department</b> link.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To edit a department, do the following:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1. Select the required department you wish to edit and click on <b>Edit Department</b>. The system displays the <b>Edit Department</b> screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2. Make the required changes and click on <b>Update</b> to save the new changes.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3. Click on <b>Close</b> to close the <b>Edit Department</b> screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">DELETE DEPARTMENT</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1. Select the required department you wish to delete and click on <b>Delete Department</b>. The system displays the <b>Delete Departments</b> screen as shown below:</p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910508/original/Delete_Department.PNG?1429817432" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910508" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2. In the above screen, select the required department from the Departments drop-down list and click <b>Delete</b>. All the Accounts and Employees available under the deleted department will be moved to the newly selected department.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3. You can also have an option to move the accounts and employees to the default department by selecting the <b>Yes</b> radio button option.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4. Click <b>Close</b> to close the Delete Departments screen.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EDIT EMPLOYEE DETAILS</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Double clicking on the required employee record, displays the employee details in four tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities.</p> <div><br></div> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910396/original/Edit_Employee_Details.PNG?1429817177" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910396" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> </div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ACTIVITIES TAB</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">appointments and also send mails to selected employees in a department from Departments Home Page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Double click on the required employee record, displays the employee details in four tabs: Profile Data, HR Data, Resume and Activities. Click on the Activities Tab to assign activities to the selected employee.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">SEND MAIL</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can use E-Mail activity to communicate with the selected employee and manage these communications.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can directly send an e-mail to the selected employee, by clicking on the <b>‘Send Mail’</b> link on the Activities screen of the employee. The Compose pop up window is displayed.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can also send an email to selected employees from Departments Home Page. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department as follows:</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"></p> <p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910419/original/Send_Mail.PNG?1429817243" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910419" style="cursor: default;"></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the above screen:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><li>Select the required employee records, by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to their names and click on the <b>‘Send Mail’</b> link. Result: The screen refreshes by displaying the Compose window.</li></ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">MOVE EMPLOYEES TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can move the employees from one department to other departments from Departments Home Page. Double click on the required department, from Departments Home Page. Result: The Departments screen refreshes by displaying the employees’ records under the respective department as follows:</p> <div><br></div> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4012910468/original/Administration_Department.PNG?1429817344" class="inline-image" data-id="4012910468" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Select the required employee records, by checking the corresponding check boxes adjacent to their names.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on Select Employees to move into another Department drop down list, at the top right corner of the Department page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Choose the Department from the list.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Move’</b> link. Result: The Department screen refreshes by displaying the Departments home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Cancel’</b> link to close the window and return to previous page.</p> </div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> 266156 390 4000009469 2015-04-23T15:30:41-04:00 11 2 0 1 HRM - Departments 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499 1 2014-04-04T16:57:21-04:00 0 0 LOCATIONS A Location represents an office location for your staffing firm. International organizations usually have multiple locations of operation. ‘Locations’ in HRM is designed to keep a track of different locations of operation of the company. These locations represent the countries/states/cities/towns in which the organization does the business. You can find out how many employees are working in a particular location, with their contact, skills and job status details, by double clicking on that location. Location of an employee is selected by HR administrator in Hiring Management. You can add new location, edit the location details and also delete a location from locations in HRM. LOCATIONS HOME PAGE Select the HRM->Locations link from the menu bar or from the left menu to display the Locations home page. On the Locations home page, all company locations are listed. You can view the employee list for a location by double clicking on that location. In the Locations Home Page, you can find the following: 1. The Locations Home Page consists of the following columns: Location Code, Location Name, Company Name, Federal ID, Class, City, State, Country, Zip, Created Date, Created By, Modified Date and Modified By. Each column have their corresponding record details. 2. From the Locations Home Page, you can create new location by clicking on the ‘Add New Location’ link. See the Add new location topic for details. 3. You can modify the location details by clicking on edit icon, corresponding to a location. See the Edit location topic for details. 4. Click on the ‘Archive’ link to delete a location. See the Archive location topic for details. 5. You can also view the details of the employees working in a particular location. See the View employees in a location topic for details. 6. See the Paging options topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the locations page. 7. Clicking on any of the column heading allows sorting the records either ascending or descending order.   Uses of Locations Locations can be used in the following ways: Track employees working at or assigned to a particular company location.  All these details can be viewed by double clicking on that location. Helpful for reporting on location performance Federal, state, and local tax reporting Assign the location responsible for an assignment Generate reports based on Locations in the Analytics module To post Location details to your web site, if integrated with your Akken Staffing account ADD NEW LOCATION You can have multiple locations for your organization where it has the branches. Click on the ‘Add New Location’ link from Locations home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the form to add new location. The added locations come under the Locations home page. In the above screen: Enter the information for the location in the Locations screen. Click the ‘Save’ link in the upper right of the screen to save the location details. While creating a new location, make sure that you provide the Location Name and Location Code along with the City, State and Zip details that are mandatory Location Code. This is a text box. The user can specify the 3 digit alphanumeric code that is unique.  By default, the location code starts with 100. Specify the class for the location from the Class drop-down list. The location Name will be displayed along with Location Code in the Location Name column as follows: Location Code – Location Name.   Note: If your Akken Staffing account is integrated with your Website and you use the Location feature to display your company locations on your Website, select the Display Index number from the drop-down list to determine the order the Location is displayed on your Website.  The Display Index drop-down list will be in deactivated mode until the Post to Website check box is selected. Best Practice: Use the Heading field to name the location for easy reference. EDIT LOCATION To edit the location details, Select the required location you wish to edit and click on Edit Location link. The system displays the Edit Location screen. In the Edit Location screen, make the required changes and click on Update to save the new changes. Click on Cancel to cancel the Edit Location screen. Note: All fields are editable. Duplication of location code is not possible. DELETE LOCATION You can delete a location using the Delete Location available in the Locations home page. To delete a location, do the following: Select the required location you wish to delete and click on Delete Location. The system displays the Delete Locations screen as shown below: In the above screen, select the required location from the Location drop-down list and click Delete. All the Departments, Accounts, Employees, Customers, Vendors andTaxes available under the deleted location will be moved to the newly selected location. Click Close to close the Delete Locations screen. VIEW EMPLOYEES IN A LOCATION You can view the employees working in a location, by double clicking on that location, on Locations home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the employees assigned to that particular location. Location of an employee is specified by HR administrator in Hiring Management. <p><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">LOCATIONS</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">A Location represents an office location for your staffing firm.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">International organizations usually have multiple locations of operation. ‘Locations’ in HRM is designed to keep a track of different locations of operation of the company. These locations represent the countries/states/cities/towns in which the organization does the business. You can find out how many employees are working in a particular location, with their contact, skills and job status details, by double clicking on that location. Location of an employee is selected by HR administrator in Hiring Management. You can add new location, edit the location details and also delete a location from locations in HRM.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);"><b>LOCATIONS HOME PAGE</b></span></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Select the HRM-&gt;Locations link from the menu bar or from the left menu to display the Locations home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">On the Locations home page, all company locations are listed. You can view the employee list for a location by double clicking on that location.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><span>In the Locations Home Page, you can find the following:</span><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">1.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>The Locations Home Page consists of the following columns: <i>Location Code</i>, <i>Location Name</i>, Company Name, Federal ID, Class, City, State, Country, Zip, Created Date, Created By, Modified Date and Modified By. Each column have their corresponding record details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">2.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>From the Locations Home Page, you can create new location by clicking on the <b>‘Add New Location’</b> link. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Add_new_location.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Add new location</a></b> topic for details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">3.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can modify the location details by clicking on edit icon, corresponding to a location. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Edit_location.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Edit location</a></b> topic for details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">4.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Click on the <b>‘Archive’</b> link to delete a location. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Archive_location.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Archive location</a></b> topic for details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">5.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>You can also view the details of the employees working in a particular location. See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/View_employees_in_a_location.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">View employees in a location</a></b> topic for details.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">6.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>See the <b><a href="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Paging_Options.htm" style="color: rgb(0, 173, 237);">Paging options</a></b> topic to know, how to use the paging options displayed at the bottom of the locations page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">7.<span style="font-size: xx-small;"> </span>Clicking on any of the column heading allows sorting the records either ascending or descending order.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Uses of Locations</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">Locations can be used in the following ways:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Track employees working at or assigned to a particular company location.  All these details can be viewed by double clicking on that location. Helpful for reporting on location performance</li> <li>Federal, state, and local tax reporting</li> <li>Assign the location responsible for an assignment</li> <li>Generate reports based on Locations in the Analytics module</li> <li>To post Location details to your web site, if integrated with your Akken Staffing account</li> </ul> <div><font color="#4a4a4a" face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">ADD NEW LOCATION</b></font></div> <div> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can have multiple locations for your organization where it has the branches. Click on the<b> ‘Add New Location’ </b>link from Locations home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the form to add new location. The added locations come under the Locations home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <div><p><img src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/4013129191/original/Add_New.PNG?1430341458" class="inline-image" data-id="4013129191" style="cursor: default;"></p></div> <br> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">In the above screen:</p> <ul type="disc" style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> <li>Enter the information for the location in the Locations screen.</li> <li>Click the <b>‘Save’</b> link in the upper right of the screen to save the location details.</li> <li>While creating a new location, make sure that you provide the Location Name and Location Code along with the City, State and Zip details that are mandatory</li> <li> <b>Location Code</b>. This is a text box. The user can specify the 3 digit alphanumeric code that is unique.  By default, the location code starts with 100.</li> <li>Specify the class for the location from the <b>Class</b> drop-down list.</li> <li>The location Name will be displayed along with Location Code in the Location Name column as follows: <b>Location Code – Location Name.</b> </li> </ul> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"> </p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note:</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">If your <b>Akken Staffing</b> account is integrated with your <b>Website</b> and you use the Location feature to display your company locations on your Website, select the <b>Display Index</b> number from the drop-down list to determine the order the Location is displayed on your Website.  The<b> Display Index</b> drop-down list will be in deactivated mode until the <b>Post to Website</b> check box is selected.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Best Practice:</b> Use the <b>Heading</b> field to name the location for easy reference.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">EDIT LOCATION</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To edit the location details,</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>Select the required location you wish to edit and click on <b>Edit Location</b> link. The system displays the Edit Location screen.</li> <li>In the <b>Edit Location</b> screen, make the required changes and click on <b>Update</b> to save the new changes.</li> <li>Click on <b>Cancel</b> to cancel the <b>Edit Location</b> screen.</li> </ol> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><b>Note:</b> All fields are editable. Duplication of location code is not possible.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);"><br></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">DELETE LOCATION</b></p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">You can delete a location using the <b>Delete Location</b> available in the Locations home page.</p> <p style="font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; color: rgb(74, 74, 74);">To delete a location, do the following:</p> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"><li>Select the required location you wish to delete and click on <b>Delete Location</b>. The system displays the <b>Delete Locations</b> screen as shown below:</li></ol> <table cellspacing="0" width="352" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><tbody><tr><td width="100%"><img src="https://appserver11.akken.com/BSOS/Help/HRM_UM/Delete_Location.gif" alt="" width="396px" height="199px" style="cursor: default;"></td></tr></tbody></table> <ol type="1" style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-size: medium;"> <li>In the above screen, select the required location from the Location drop-down list and click <b>Delete</b>.</li> <li>All the <b>Departments, Accounts, Employees, Customers, Vendors </b>and<b>Taxes</b> available under the deleted location will be moved to the newly selected location.</li> <li>Click <b>Close</b> to close the <b>Delete Locations</b> screen.</li> </ol> <div><font color="#000000" face="Times New Roman"><br></font></div> <div><font face="Times New Roman"><b style="font-size: x-large; color: rgb(79, 129, 189);">VIEW EMPLOYEES IN A LOCATION</b></font></div> <div><p><span style="color: rgb(74, 74, 74); font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12px;">You can view the employees working in a location, by double clicking on that location, on Locations home page. The screen refreshes by displaying the employees assigned to that particular location. Location of an employee is specified by HR administrator in Hiring Management.</span></p></div> </div> 266156 348 4000009471 2015-04-29T17:04:32-04:00 12 2 0 0 HRM - Locations 2015-08-21T04:41:08-04:00 12054499